Saya dahului kata kata aluan dengan memanjatkan kesyukuran ke hadrat ilahi kerana
dengan limpah rahmat dan izin-nya, maka penerbitan Buku Panduan Akademik Sarjana Muda
Sesi Akademik 2012/2013 Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia (UPNM) ini dapat
direalisasikan.
Saya ingin mengucapkan selamat datang dan setinggi-tinggi tahniah kepada semua
pelajar yang terpilih mengikuti pengajian di UPNM. Sesungguhnya kehadiran saudara-saudari
di UPNM merupakan langkah yang tepat bagi melengkapkan dan mempersiapkan diri sebagai
seorang cendikiawan berketrampilan dan mempunyai sifat kepimpinan terpuji.
Objektif utama buku panduan ini diterbitkan adalah sebagai bahan rujukan bagi para
pelajar UPNM dalam memahami dan mengenali fakulti dan jabatan masing-masing serta
program pengajian yang ditawarkan di universiti ini. Saudara-saudari akan melalui fasa
pengenalan kepada dunia ilmu pengetahuan dan ketenteraan. Ianya bertujuan untuk membina
minda dari aspek falsafah, konseptual dan operasi serta mengukuhkan kepercayaan dan
komitmen jitu untuk berbakti sepenuhnya kepada negara dalam memastikan kelangsungan
kepentingan strategiknya.
Semua prinsip utama yang mendasari pelaksanaan dari aspek akademik, pembangunan
pelajar dan perkhidmatan profesional universiti ini tidak lain bertujuan untuk merealisasikan misi
dalam melahirkan pemimpin berintelektual serta menjana sumber tenaga profesional demi
memastikan kesinambungan kedaufatan dan pembangunan negara.
Saya berharap buku panduan akademik ini dapat dimanfaatkan sepenuhnya oleh pelajar
sebagai panduan yang berguna sepanjang pengajian. Teruskan usaha, kuatkan iltizam untuk
menjadi modal insan dan graduan UPNM yang cemerlang dengan berpegang teguh kepada
falsafah Kewajipan, Maruah, Integriti.
Sekian.
Lt Jen Dato Seri Allatif Bin Mohd Noor
Naib Canselor
UNIVERSITI PERTAHANAN NASIONAL MALAYSIA
VISI
Menjadi universiti pertahanan premier untuk pendidikan, latihan dan penciptaan ilmu.
FALSAFAH
Sebagai sebuah institusi nasional premier berdedikasi dalam menghasilkan pemimpin
berintelektual yang menyerlah serta bersifat terpuji dan komited untuk berbakti sepenuhnya
kepada negara dalam menjayakan kelangsungan kepentingan strategik negara.
MISI
UPNM komited mencapai kecemerlangan perkhidmatan kepada negara sebagai sebuah
universiti pertahanan premier dalam kepimpinan dan pembangunan profesional, penciptaan
ilmu, penyebaran ilmu pengetahuan dan aplikasi sains pertahanan dan teknologi, dan juga
penyelidikan polisi.
OBJEKTIF
Menyediakan asas pengetahuan yang kukuh dan seimbang dalam bidang kemanusiaan,
pengurusan, sains dan teknologi, serta menerap daya usaha intelektual melalui pengajaran,
pembelajaran, penyelidikan dan usaha kesarjanaan yang bertaraf antarabangsa.
Menanam semangat kesetiaan dan patriotisme yang tinggi untuk berbakti kepada negara
dengan berbekalkan ilmu, kemahiran serta kecekapan asas ketenteraan.
Membangunkan warga yang mempunyai tanggungjawab sosial dengan berteraskan kepada
unsur-unsur kerohanian, etika budaya dan moral yang terpuji.
Membentuk pemimpin masa depan yang memahami, menghayati, dan mempunyai sikap
toleransi terhadap kepelbagaian etnik, budaya dan agama.
Membekalkan pemimpin masa depan dengan kebolehan berkomunikasi,
Menjadi pusat kecemerlangan dalam bidang teknologi pertahanan, ekonomi dan diplomasi,
hal ehwal ketenteraan serta pengajian keselamatan.
MOTO
KEWAJIPAN, MARUAH, INTEGRITI
(Duty, Honour, Integrity)
LOGO UNIVERSITI
Logo UPNM mempunyai dua lapisan berbentuk bulat menggambarkan kebulatan tekad dan
kesatuan semangat graduan UPNM dalam menyempurnakan tanggungjawab mempertahankan
negara selepas tamat pengajian di mana ini adalah satu komitmen yang tidak berbelah bahagi
untuk mempertahankan tanah air dan semua kepentingan-kepentingan strategiknya. Warna biru
yang mengelilingi lapisan luaran logo melambangkan keamanan juga mewakili komitmen
negara untuk mempertahan, mengekal dan mempromosi keamanan, serta menekankan
komitmen UPNM untuk menyokong keamanan melalui pendidikan. Komponen-komponen
penting Angkatan Tentera Malaysia (ATM) diletakkan di tengah-tengah logo UPNM dengan
latar belakang tiga warna perkhidmatan Tentera Darat Malaysia, Tentera Laut Diraja Malaysia
dan Tentera Udara Diraja Malaysia yang membawa makna bahawa kepentingan ATM adalah
sangat dominan. Sementara lingkaran bunga padi berwarna kuning sebagai lambang asas
budaya Malaysia yang subur serta memiliki raja yang berdaulat dan baginda ditaati sepanjang
masa. NDUM Singkatan nama universiti dalam Bahasa Inggeris (National Defence University
of Malaysia) dipaparkan di bahagian atas di antara pertemuan dua bunga padi. Ini juga
melambangkan bahawa universiti ini sebuah institusi pengajian tinggi dipersada antarabangsa.
Angka 2006 merupakan tahun pembukaan universiti diletakkan bertentangan perkataan NDUM
di bawah logo. Bunga raya yang juga bunga kebangsaan Malaysia melambangkan bunga rasmi
universiti dan kerana Malaysialah universiti ini ditubuhkan.
COKMAR UNIVERSITI
Cokmar UPNM adalah berasaskan Pedang Zulfaqar yang pernah diberikan oleh Nabi
Muhammad S.A.W kepada menantunya Sayyidina Ali bin Abi Talib Karramullah Wajha ketika
Perang Uhud.
Pedang Zulfaqar yang panjangnya 5 kaki adalah diperbuat daripada logam perak
dengan campuran besi dan bersalut emas. Petikan ayat 60 surah Al-Anfal (Maksudnya; Dan
persiapkanlah dengan segala kemampuan untuk menghadapi musuh dengan kekuatan yang
kamu miliki) ditatahkan pada kedua belah mata pedang. Bahagian hujung sarung Zulfaqar
dihiasi dengan batu manikam (topaz) berwarna kuning diraja khusus bagi melambangkan
kedaulatan raja-raja Melayu. Ini diikuti dengan batu delima (ruby) yang memancarkan cahaya
warna merah cili yang melambangkan Tentera Darat Malaysia. Manakala batu nilam (sapphire)
berwarna biru tua melambangkan Tentera Laut Diraja Malaysia dan batu nilam berwarna biru
muda melambangkan Tentera Udara Diraja Malaysia.
Logo universiti yang diperbuat daripada emas tulen dilekatkan pada bahagian tengah
hulu pedang. Jalaran motif daun sireh dan bunga raya menyaluti sebahagian besar sarung
pedang yang memancarkan maksud kehalusan budi yang menjadi teras yang dipertahankan di
universiti ini. Sesungguhnya paduan bilah pedang, ayat daripada Al-Quran dan kilauan batubatu galian bernilai tinggi adalah manifestasi paduan falsafah ilmu yang tinggi dan kehadiran
semangat juang yang tidak luntur di kalangan warga universiti.
LATAR BELAKANG
UNIVERSITI PERTAHANAN NASIONAL MALAYSIA
SENAT UNIVERSITI
Pengerusi
Naib Canselor
Lt Jen Dato Seri Allatif bin Mohd Noor
PJN DGPN PSAT DGMK DSDKDPMSDMPN
DSPN PAT JMN SMT
KAT KMN KSD AMT PJC mpat lmt
MSc Trg & HRM (Leicester) MBA (Victoria)
Pendaftar
Bendahari
Ketua Pustakawan
Pusat Bahasa
Fakulti
Kejuruteraan
(Dekan)
B.S.,
M.B.A
Pengarah
10
Pusat Pembangunan
Akademik
Fakulti Kejuruteraan
Pejabat Antarabangsa
Wakil Profesor
Ahli Ko-Opt
11
Penolong Pendaftar
(Pentadbiran)
Penolong Pendaftar
(Kemasukan dan Promosi)
Penolong Pendaftar
(Rekod Pelajar)
Innovation
&
12
PENGURUSAN UNIVERSITI
Naib Canselor
Lt Jen Dato Seri Allatif bin Mohd Noor
PJN DGPN PSAT DGMK DSDKDPMSDMPN DSPN PAT JMN SMT
KAT KMN KSD AMT PJC mpat lmt
MSc Trg & HRM (Leicester) MBA (Victoria)
Timbalan Naib Canselor (Akademik dan Antarabangsa)
Prof. Dr. Rugayah binti Mohamed
B.Econs (Hons) (Analytical Economics) (UM), M.Sc (Economics) LSE (University of London,
UK), Ph.D (Development & Project Planning Centre) (University of Bradford, UK)
Timbalan Naib Canselor (Hal Ehwal Pelajar dan Alumni)
Prof. Madya Dr. Mohamed Fadzil bin Che Din
B.Ed (Guidance & Counselling) (UPM), Ph.D (Employee Counselling & Organisation
Psychology) (University of Hull, UK)
Timbalan Naib Canselor (Jaringan Industri dan Perhubungan Korporat)
Dato Jesbil Singh A/L Bahadur Singh
DIMP, JMN, AMN, Chevalier De LOrdre (Perancis)
BA (Hons) (UM), LLB (Hons) (London), Cert (Legal Practice), LLM (Univ Malaya), MPA (Penn,
State)
Penolong Naib Canselor (Penyelidikan dan Inovasi)
Prof. Dr. Faisal bin Hj. Ali
B.Eng (Hons) (Civil Eng) (Sheffield, UK), PhD (Geotechnical Eng) (Sheffield, UK)
Penolong Naib Canselor (Institut Pengajian Eksekutif)
Prof. Kol Ir Norazman bin Mohd Nor
KAT, ACM, P.Eng, MIEM, FMIBS, SMIACSIT
B.Sc (Civil & Math) (Texas), M.Sc (USM), Ph.D (Millitary Sc & Tech) (Cranfield)
Komandan, Akademi Latihan Ketenteraan
Brig Jen Mustak Ahmad bin Miandad TUDM
PAT SAP KAT KMN AAP KMN PJM PPS PPA mpat psc jt TUDM
Pendaftar
En. Mohd Bakhari bin M.Yasin
B.Ec (UM)
Bendahari
En. Ilham bin Ghazali
ICMA (UK)
13
14
15
16
KALENDAR AKADEMIK
SESI AKADEMIK 2012/2013
SEMESTER I SESI AKADEMIK 2012/2013
02 September 2012
1 hari
1 minggu
04 September 2012
1 hari
Pendaftaran Pelajar Lepasan Asasi
UPNM ke Tahun 1
10 September hingga 09 November 2012
Kuliah Semester I
9 minggu
1 minggu
Kuliah Semester I
5 minggu
1 minggu
3 minggu
Cuti Semester I
4 minggu
Kuliah Semester II
8 minggu
1 minggu
Kuliah Semester II
6 minggu
Cuti Ulangkaji
1 minggu
3 minggu
9 minggu
17
2 Jun 2012
19 Ogos 2012
Hari Kebangsaan
31 Ogos 2012
Hari Malaysia
16 September 2012
26 Oktober 2012
Hari Deepavali
13 November 2012
15 November 2012
Hari Krismas
25 Disember 2012
Tahun Baru
01 Januari 2013
Maulidur Rasul
24 Januari 2013
10 Februari 2013
Hari Pekerja
1 Mei 2013
Hari Wesak
Mei 2013
18
FAKULTI
KEJURUTERAAN
19
Bismillahirrahmanirrahim
Assalamualaikum w.r.t. w.b.t dan Salam Sejahtera.
Pertama sekali marilah kita memanjatkan kesyukuran kepada Allah SWT kerana dengan
izinNya Fakulti Kejuruteraan, Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia berjaya menerbitkan
Buku Panduan Akademik Fakulti Kejuruteraan Sesi Akademik 2012/2013.
Objektif utama Buku Panduan ini diterbitkan adalah untuk dijadikan bahan rujukan
pelajar dalam mengenali Fakulti dan Jabatan serta program pengajian yang ditawarkan kerana
salah satu asas bagi mencapai kecemerlangan ialah kebijaksanaan pelajar dalam merancang
pengajian melalui pemilihan kursus yang sesuai dan memaksimumkan segala kemudahan yang
disediakan oleh Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia. Melalui buku ini pelajar dapat
memahami sistem akademik yang diamalkan seperti sistem semester, dan kurikulum pengajian.
Buku ini juga dapat membantu pelajar merancang pengajian akademik masing-masing
berpandukan rancangan dan skema pengajian yang terkandung dalam buku ini.
Seiring dengan matlamat dan falsafah UPNM untuk menjadi Institusi Nasional Premier
berdedikasi dalam menghasilkan pemimpin berintelektual dan komited untuk berbakti
sepenuhnya kepada Negara, Fakulti Kejuruteraan berusaha memperkasakan graduan dengan
pencapaian akademik dan kemahiran insaniah yang cemerlang dan berkeupayaan untuk
memberi sumbangan secara berkesan kepada Negara. Buku Paduan Akademik Fakulti ini
diharap dapat membantu dalam mencapai hasrat tersebut. Saya juga berharap semua pihak
akan dapat memberi maklum balas kepada kandungan Buku Panduan Akademik Fakulti
Kejuruteraan ini sekiranya terdapat perkara penting yang boleh menambah baik kualiti buku
panduan tersebut.
Akhir kata saya juga ingin merakamkan setinggi-tinggi penghargaan dan ucapan terima
kasih kepada Ahli Jawatankuasa Buku Panduan Fakulti Kejuruteraan Sesi Akademik 2012/2013
dan semua pihak yang terlibat secara langsung atau tidak langsung dalam penyediaan Buku
Panduan ini. Saya juga berharap Buku Panduan Fakulti ini dapat dimanfaatkan sepenuhnya
oleh pelajar.
Selamat berjuang dan maju jaya.
Sekian.
PROF DR MEGAT MOHAMAD HAMDAN BIN MEGAT AHMAD
Dekan,
Fakulti Kejuruteraan
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia
20
FAKULTI KEJURUTERAAN
VISI
Menjadi Fakulti Kejuruteraan primier untuk pendidikan, latihan dan penjanaan
ilmu kejuruteraan dan teknologi pertahanan.
MISI
Fakulti Kejuruteraan Komited mencapai kecemerlangan sebagai sebuah Fakulti Kejuruteraan
Primier dalam aplikasi Pertahanan yang menjurus kepada aspek Pembangunan Profesional,
penjanaan, Penyebaran Ilmu Pengetahuan, Aplikasi Kejuruteraan dan Teknologi Pertahanan.
OBJEKTIF
Untuk mewujudkan keperluan strategi terfokus yang direka untuk memacu organisasi dalam
mengejar kecemerlangan.
Membentangkan panduan berstruktur untuk melaksanakan penyelesaian yang inovatif dan
idea-idea untuk pengajaran dan pembelajaran untuk memastikan UPNM kekal relevan dalam
konteks negara.
Untuk menggalakkan penerapan sistem pemikiran dan analisis yang sistematik untuk
mendapatkan strategi praktikal kepada persekitaran.
MOTO
Jurutera, Pemimpin, Pejuang
21
LATAR BELAKANG
FAKULTI KEJURUTERAAN
ATMA melalui Memorandum Perjanjian UTM-KEMENTAH telah ditubuhkan pada Julai 1995
dengan menjalankan program akademik Universiti Teknologi Malaysia (UTM) dan Jabatan
Kejuruteraan telah diwujudkan bagi menyelaras semua Program Kejuruteraan. 7 program
kejuruteraan telah diletakkan di bawah Jabatan Kejuruteraan iaitu :
Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Awam
Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Mekanikal
Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Mekanikal Marin
Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Mekanikal Automotif
Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Elektrik Elektronik
Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Komputer
Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Mekanikal Aeronautik
Setelah Akademi Tentera Malaysia (ATMA) dinaiktaraf menjadi Universiti Pertahanan Nasional
Malaysia (UPNM) pada Disember 2006, Jabatan Kejuruteraan telah ditukarkan menjadi Fakulti
Kejuruteraan selaras dengan kelulusan oleh Kementerian Pengajian Tinggi. Pengambilan
pertama bagi Program Pengajian Kejuruteraan UPNM adalah seramai 659 pelajar. Ditadbir oleh
Dekan pertama iaitu Prof Madya Ahmad Fakhri Bin Shaari, kini kakitangan Fakulti telah
bertambah berdasarkan keperluan semasa.
22
PENTADBIRAN
KEWANGAN
En. Mohd
Affandi Bin
Jamaludin
PEMBANTU
TADBIR
AKADEMIK
AKADEMIK
En Muhammad
Khaidzir Bin
Lokman
PENOLONG
PENDAFTAR
Pn. Noraini Bt
Abdullah
PEMBANTU
TADBIR KANAN
PENGURUSAN
MAKMAL
Pn. Santy ak
Langie
PEGAWAI
SAINS
En Noor Azman
Bin Dollah
PEGAWAI
PENYELIDIK
En Bahaman Bin
Haron
PENOLONG
JURUTERA
23
JABATAN
KEJURUTERAAN
AWAM
JABATAN
KEJURUTERAAN
ELEKTRIK
&ELEKTRONIK
JABATAN
KEJURUTERAAN
MEKANIKAL
PENSYARAH/
TUTOR
PENSYARAH/
TUTOR
PENSYARAH/
TUTOR
JURUTEKNIK
JURUTEKNIK
JURUTEKNIK
PEJABAT AM FKJ
En Muhammad
Khaidzir Bin Lokman
PENOLONG
PENDAFTAR
Pn Santy ak Langie
PEGAWAI SAINS
24
Kursus-kursus untuk Program Ijazah Sarjana Muda diklasifikasikan kepada Kursus Teras
Universiti, Elektif Universiti, Teras Fakulti, Elektif Fakulti, Teras Program dan Elektif Program.
Jumlah kredit wajib diambil bergantung kepada keperluan program yang diikuti.
Kursus Teras Universiti merupakan kursus wajib kepada semua pelajar Program Ijazah Sarjana
Muda. Berikut merupakan senarai kursus Teras Universiti yang ditawarkan:
KOD KURSUS
KURSUS
KREDIT
LAN 1012
LAN 1022
Kenegaraan Malaysia
LAN 1032
Hubungan Etnik
LAN 1042
Asas Keusahawanan
LEL 1012
LEL 1022
LFL 1XX2
Bahasa Asing I*
LFL 1XX2
2**
12/14
Hanya untuk pelajar Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan (FSTP) dan
Fakulti Pengajian dan Pengurusan Pertahanan (FPPP) sahaja.
**
Bahasa Asing II adalah untuk pelajar yang telah mengambil Bahasa Asing I
dan tidak wajib untuk tujuan pengijazahan.
25
:-
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini membincangkan tentang tamadun Islam dan tamadun Asia serta sumbangannya
dalam peradaban dunia. Tamadun yang dibincangkan ialah tamadun Islam, tamadun Melayu,
tamadun India dan tamadun Cina. Ia meliputi aspek latar belakang sejarah, kerajaan dan
pentadbiran, kebudayaan dan pencapaian yang dicapai baik dari segi sains dan teknologi
mahupun adat setempat. Para pelajar juga akan diketengahkan dengan isu-isu semasa dan
dialog peradaban sebagai cara bagi menghadapi cabaran peradaban abad ke-21.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Menghuraikan konsep tamadun India dan Cina yang merangkumi pengenalan zamanzaman awal serta masyarakat dan budaya yang terdapat di dalamnya.
5.
Membincangkan dan menganalisis isu-isu yang berkaitan Islam dan Barat serta masa
depan dialog peradaban.
6.
26
Rujukan
1.
Osman Bakar, Azizan Baharuddin dan Zaid Ahmad. (Pytg). (2009). Modul Pengajian
Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Malaya.
2.
Tamadun Islam Tamadun Asia. (2006). Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Malaya.
3.
Azhar Hj Mad. Aros. (2007). Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS). Kertas 1 dan
2. Selangor: Penerbit Oxford Fajar.
4.
Nasrudin Yunos et.al. (2007). Pengajian Islam. Selangor: Penerbit Oxford Fajar.
5.
6.
Identify and summarise the history of nation-building which include the struggle for
independence, political system and societal development in socio-cultural, socio-political
and socio-economical aspects.
2.
Summarise the national policies and the values attached to those policies.
3.
Summarise and distinguish the national constitution as the source of reference for
plotical, economical and social interaction.
UNIVERSITI PERTAHANAN NASIONAL MALAYSIA
27
4.
Demonstrate and apply the spirit of tolerance, cooperation and serving the nation.
References:
1.
Wan Norhasniah Wan Husin, Mohd Ridhuan Tee Abdullah dan Sayuti Abd Ghani.
(2010). Modul Kenegaraan Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti UPNM.
2.
Nazaruddin Haji Mohd Jali. (2003). Malaysian Studies Nationhood and Citizenship.
Kuala Lumpur: Prentice Hall.
3.
Abdul Aziz Bari. (2003). Perlembagaan Malaysia: Asas-asas dan Masalah. Kuala
Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.
4.
Asnarulkhadi Abu Samah & Jayum A. Jawan. (1997). Kenegaraan Malaysia. Serdang:
Penerbit Universiti Putra Malaysia.
2.
3.
28
4.
References :
1.
S Shamsul Amri Baharuddin. (2007). Modul Hubungan Etnik. Shah Alam: Universiti
Teknologi Malaysia, Shah Alam.
2.
Ratnam, K.J. (1965). Communalism and The Political Process in Malaysia. Kuala
Lumpur: University Malaya.
3.
Abraham, C. (2004). The Naked of Social Order and The Roots of Racial Polarisation in
Malaysia. Selangor: Pelanduk Publication.
4.
Cheah Boon Kheng. (1983). Red Star over Malaya, Resistance Social Conflict During
and After The Japanese Occupation, 1941-1946. Singapore: Singapore University
Press.
2.
3.
4.
29
5.
Construct team work in gathering, analysing and reporting on business ideas into proper
planning.
References:
1.
Hisrich, R. D. and Peters, M.P. (2009). Entrepreneurship. New York: Irwin McGraw-Hill.
2.
3.
4.
Hargadon, A. (2003). How Breakthroughs Happen: The Surprising Truth About How
Companies Innovate. Boston: Harvard Business School Publishing.
5.
30
Mengenal pasti kertas cadangan, memorandum, minit mesyuarat dan surat iringan
dengan format yang betul
Identify accurate formats for technical reports and memorandums
2.
Menunjukkan kebolehan menulis agenda dan minit mesyuarat dengan betul dan
menyertai mock meeting sebagai ahli mesyuarat
Demonstrate the ability to write appropriate agendas and minutes of meeting and
participate willingly in mock meetings
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Mohd Amzari Mat Rani, Aveleena Afzan Hassan and Asniah Alias. (2009). English for
Academic Writing. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
3.
Kahn, J. E., et al. (1993). How to Write and Speak Better. London: The Readers Digest
Association Limited.
4.
Fitzpatrick, Mary. (2005). Engaging Writing: Paragraphs and Essays. New York:
Pearson Education.
5.
Barnard, R. and Zemach, Dorothy E. (2004). Writing for the Real World: An Introduction
to General Writing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
31
2.
Mengenal pasti dan memilih dengan betul speech sound dalam Bahasa Inggeris
Identify and choose the correct speech sound in English
3.
4.
5.
32
Rujukan
References
1.
Erda Wati Bakar, Belinda Marie Balraj and Masdini Harina Ab Manan. (2009). English for
Oral Communication. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Lucas, S.E. (2007). The Art of Public Speaking. Bostan: McGraw Hill.
3.
4.
Young, S.K. and Travis, H.P. (2007). Oral Communication: Skills, Choices and
Consequences. Illinois: Waveland Press, Inc.
5.
KURSUS
Arabic I
LFL 1412
Arabic II*
LFL 1322
Mandarin I
LFL 1422
Mandarin II*
LFL 1332
Japanese I
LFL 1432
Japanese II*
LFL 1342
Russian I
LFL 1442
Russian II*
LFL 1352
French I
LFL 1452
French II*
LFL 1362
Spanish I
LFL 1462
Spanish II*
33
KURSUS
KREDIT
ALK 1021
ALK 2011
ALK 2021
ALK 3011
QKS 3621
JUMLAH
KURSUS
KREDIT
Untuk PALAPES **
Komponen Kesukarelawanan
PLS 1011
PALAPES
PLS 1021
PALAPES
PLS 2011
PALAPES
PLS 2021
PALAPES
PLS 3011
PALAPES
PLS 3021
PALAPES
JUMLAH
34
KOD KURSUS
KURSUS
KREDIT
Untuk Awam***
Komponen Sukan
QKS 1002
Tenis
QKS 1102
Hoki
QKS 1202
Futsal
QKS 1302
Silat Seni
QKS 1402
Ragbi
QKS 1502
Bola Sepak
QSK 1022
Pengurusan Sukan
QSK 2012
Suaian Fizikal
QSK 2022
Psikologi Sukan
QSK 3012
QSK 3022
Pengucapan Awam
QKP 1102
Pengacara Majlis
QKP 1202
Asas Kewartawanan
Komponen Kebudayaan
QKB 1002
QKB 1402
Seni Tari
QKB 1502
Teater
Komponen Kesukarelawanan
QKL 1002
Asas Kesukarelawanan
Komponen Keusahawanan
QKE 1102
Latihan Keusahawanan
35
Asas Fotografi
Baktisiswa
2
JUMLAH
36
Kursus-kursus teras fakulti adalah wajib diambil oleh semua pelajar Program Sarjana Muda
Kejuruteraan
KOD
KREDIT
EFA 1103
EFA 1203
EFA 2213
EFC 1103
EFC 1203
Wajib diambil oleh pelajar Program Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Elektrik Dan Elektronik
(Komunikasi) (ZK25), Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Elektrik Dan Elektronik (Kuasa) (ZK50) dan
Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Mekanikal (ZK08)
KOD KURSUS
EFA 2103
KREDIT
Wajib diambil oleh pelajar Program Sarjana Muda Kejuruteraan Awam (ZK01)
KOD KURSUS
EFA 2203
KREDIT
37
2.
Apply standard procedures to determine the partial derivatives to find extremum values.
3.
4.
Solve various problems in scalar and vector fields by using appropriate theorems.
References:
1.
Maslan Osman, Yusof Yaacob. Multivariable and Vector Calculus. Penerbit UTM Press,
(2008).
2.
Howard Anton, Irl Bivens, Stephen Davis. Calculus, Eight Edition. John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., (2005).
3.
Weir, Hass, Giordano. Thomas Calculus, Eleventh Edition. Pearson (Addison Wesley),
(2005).
38
2.
Apply correct analytical methods to solve first and second order differential equations
using appropriate techniques.
3.
Use the method of separation of variables and Fourier Series to solve partial differential
equations.
References:
1.
2.
Abdul Wahid, Mohd Nor. Differential Equations for Engineering Students. UTM, (2008).
3.
Dennis G. Zill. Differential Equations with Modeling Application. Brooks Cole, (2004).
39
complex
2.
Solve the analytic, elementary functions and complex series using complex variable.(C3)
3.
References:
1.
Ali Hassan Mohamed Murid. Complex Variables for Mathematics, Science and
Engineering, Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, (2009).
2.
James Ward Brown, Ruel V. Churchill. Complex Variables and Application. Eighth
Edition., New York: Mc Graw Hill, (2009).
3.
4.
40
(COMPUTER
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
AND
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: NIL
Course Synopsis
This course has been designed to expose students with scientific methods and operations
research. Examples of applications in operations research and application models in decision
making are introduced. Topics include linear programming solutions, transportation model,
network model, project scheduling, analytical hierarchy process and computer information
system.
Course outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to :
1.
Formulate simple linear programming model including the objectives, constraints and
analyze the solutions
2.
3.
References:
1.
Hamdy A.Taha, Prentice Hall (2007), Operations Research: An Introduction, 8th Edition
2.
3.
4.
Barry Render, Ralph M.Stair,Jr., Prentice Hall (2000), Quantitative Analysis For
Management, 7thEdition.
41
2.
3.
Solve the mathematical models in engineering using various tools and methods together
with statistical software in order to interpret the results from the analysis.
References:
1.
Montgomery, D. C., Runger, G. C. & Hubele, N. F., Engineering Statistics 3 rd Ed. New
York: Joh Wiley & Sons. (2004).
2.
Hayter, A. J.. Probability and Statistics for Engneers and Scientists..3rd E. Thomson.,
(2007).
3.
42
To understand and identify basic concepts of a high level programming language using
C++ correctly.
2.
To demonstrate and apply their knowledge with the basic notions and techniques to
develop the algorithm and basic C++ programming language.
3.
4.
To write and design a program which maps to C++ programming correctly and
effectively.
References:
1.
Liang Y.D, (2007). Introduction to Programming With C++, Pearson International Edition
2.
D.S Malik, (2009). C++ Programming : From Problem Analysis to Program Design. 4th
Edition. Course Technology Cengage Learning.
3.
4.
5.
43
Relate their knowledge on the theoretical foundations of the most common numerical
methods with engineering environment.
2.
3.
Analyze the mathematical models in engineering using various methods and tools in
order to interpret the results from the analysis.
References:
1.
Steven C. Chapra and Raymond P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5/E
,McGraw-Hill ( 2006).
2.
3.
4.
Rao,S.S., Applied Numerical Methods for Engineers and Scientists, Prentice-Hall (2002).
44
Generic Skills
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
45
46
47
Jumlah keperluan kredit yang perlu dipenuhi untuk bergraduat adalah seperti mana jadual di
bawah dan tempoh pengajian yang perlu diikuti adalah lapan (8) semester lazim. Pecahan
kursus yang perlu diambil adalah seperti berikut:
KURSUS
KREDIT
Teras Universiti
12
Teras Fakulti
18
Teras Program
86
Elektif Program
Elektif Universiti
128
COURSE
CREDIT
ECB 1152
ECB 1113
Applied Mechanics
ECB 1232
Engineering Geology
ECB 1213
Mechanics of Materials
ECB 1223
Fluid Mechanics
ECB 1253
ECB 2153
ECB 2123
Engineering Hydrology
ECB 2223
ECB 2243
Geomatics
ECB 2233
Soil Mechanics
48
ECB 2113
Mechanics of Structures
ECB 2213
Structural Analysis
ECB 3133
Geotechnics
ECB 3143
Highway Engineering
ECB 3113
ECB 3213
ECB 3223
Hydraulics
ECB 3153
ECB 3243
Transportation Engineering
ECB 3233
Foundation Engineering
ECB 3354
Industrial Training
ECB 4113
ECB 4123
Environmental Engineering
ECB 4162
ECB 4192
ECB 4153
ECB 4262
ECB 4252
ECB 4294
COURSE
CREDIT
ECB 5153
ECB 5113
ECB 5123
ECB 5153
ECB 5253
ECA 5213
49
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA KEJURUTERAAN AWAM (ZK01)
SEMESTER 1
Code
Course
SEMESTER 2
Credit
PreCode
Requisite
Course
ALK 1011/
PLS 1XX1
Elective University
ALK 1021/
PLS 1XX1
Elective University
LAN 1012
LAN 1032
Ethnic Relation
LEL 1012
EFA 1103
EFC 1103
ECB 1113
ECB 1152
TOTAL
EFA 1203
ECB 1232
ECB 1213
ECB 1223
ECB 1253
16
TOTAL
PreRequisite
Credit
Engineering
Mathematics II
(Differential Equations
and Transform
)
Engineering Geology
Mechanics of
Materials
Fluid Mechanics
Construction Materials
and Technology
2
3
ECB1113
3
3
17
50
SEMESTER 3
Code
Course
SEMESTER 4
Credit
ALK 2011/
PLS 2XX1
Elective University
LAN 1022
Malaysian Nationhood
LEL 1022
EFA 2203
ECB 2153*
Engineering
Mathematics IIIB
(CIS and OR)
Graphics and
Engineering Drawings
Course
Credit
Elective University
LAN 1042
Acculturisation for
Entrepreneurship
ECB 2223
ECB
2243*
Geomatics
ECB 2233
Soil Mechanics
ECB 2213
Structure Analysis
ECB 2123
Engineering Hydrology
ECB 2113
Mechanics of Structures
TOTAL
PreCode
Requisite
ALK 2021/
PLS 1XX1
17
ECB
1213
TOTAL
15
51
PreRequisite
ECB2113
SEMESTER 5
Code
Course
SEMESTER 6
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
Course
Credit
QKS 3621/
PLS3XX1
Elective University
EFA 2213
Engineering
Mathematics IV
(Statistics)
ECB3223
Hydraulics
PreRequisite
ALK 3011/
PLS3XX1
Elective University
EFC 1203
Computing II
(Numerical methods
and Engineering
Softwares)
ECB3133
Geotechnics
ECB3143
Highway Engineering
ECB3243
Transportation
Engineering
ECB3113
Reinforced Concrete
Design 1
ECB3233
Foundation
Engineering
ECB3133
ECB3153
Civil Engineering
Project Management
ECB3213
Reinforced
Concrete Design 2
ECB3113
16
TOTAL
TOTAL
ECB
2233
ECB1223
16
INTER-SESI
Code
ECB 3354
Course
Industrial Training
TOTAL
*Completed 60 Credit Hours
Credit
PreRequisite
52
SEMESTER 7
Code
Course
SEMESTER 8
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
Course
Credit
ECB 4262
Structural Design
Project (Capstone II)
ECB 4252
Construction
Contract, Estimation
and Economics
Elective II
ECB 4123
Environmental
Engineeering
ECB 4113
ECB 4162
Infrastructure Design
project (Capstone I)
ECB 4294
ECB 4192
ECA
5XX3
ECB 4153
Engineers in
Community and
Ethics
Elective I
ECA
5XX3
TOTAL
16
ECB2113
TOTAL
PreRequisite
ECB
4192
11
53
Recognize a force vector and able to express and use the concepts of resultant and
resolution of forces to resolve forces and determine the resultant of a force system.
Define and express the concept of the moment of a force and the moment of a couple
and able to calculate the moments about a point or an axis.
2.
Define and formulate the state of equilibrium of a particle and a rigid body and use the
equations to solve problems involving the equilibrium of a particle and of a rigid body
54
3.
Calculate the centre of gravity and centroid of a body, and able to calculate the moment
of inertia of an area.
4.
State and describe the relationships between displacement, velocity and acceleration
against time and able to use such relationships to solve problems involving motions of a
particle and of a rigid body.
5.
Describe, utilize, and solve problems related to: the relationship between force and
acceleration (Newtons second law of motion), principle of work and energy, and the
principle of conservation of energy; and the principle of impulse and momentum, and the
principle conservation of momentum; and able to use such relationships to solve
problems involving kinetics of particle and of a rigid body and able to solve problems
involving vibration.
References
1.
Hibbeler, R. C. (2010). Engineering Mechanics Statics. 12th Ed. SI. Singapore: Prentice
Hall.
2.
Hibbeler, R.C. (2010). Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics. S.I. Edition. 12th Ed.
Singapore: Prentice Hall.
3.
Meriam J.L. and L. G. Kraige (2008). Engineering Mechanics, Vol 1: Statics, 6th Ed.
Canada: John Wiley & Sons.
4.
Meriam J.L. & L.G. Kraige. (2008). Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics. S.I. Edition. John
Wiley & Sons
55
Understand the basic theories of electric and magnetic circuits, and electric machines.
2.
Apply the above concepts to solve problems on the electric and magnetic circuits, and
electric machines.
3.
Analyze the circuits involving electric and magnetic circuits, and electric machines.
References
1.
2.
Alexander and Sadiku, Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 4th ed. McGraw Hill, 2009.
3.
4.
Robert L. Boylestad, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 8th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2000
56
Identify the appropriate formulae to calculate the stress in an uniformly loaded specimen
for the following loading configurations: uniaxial tension and compression; torsional
loading; direct shear; and bending under statically determine conditions.
2.
Determine internal load distributions and draw bending moment diagrams and torque
position diagrams for beams and shafts with step change in cross-section.
3.
Determine displacement and strain in members with step changes in loading and/or
radius given the loading and modulus or loading and stress-strain curve. Students will be
able to calculate these displacements for uniaxial tension and compression; torsion.
4.
5.
Calculate the critical load for the buckling of a pin supported column and determine if the
failure mode is compression or buckling.
References
1.
Hibbeler, R. C. (2010). Mechanics of Materials. 8th Ed. SI. Singapore: Prentice Hall.
2.
Hibbeler, R. C. (2010). Engineering Mechanics Statics. 12th Ed. SI. Singapore: Prentice
Hall.
57
3.
4.
2.
3.
Describe, utilize, and solve problem related to steady flow in pipe networks using
quantity balance and head balance methods.
4.
5.
Design and handle laboratory work. Ability to collect, analyse and interpret data. The
ability to report laboratory work in fluid mechanics.
58
References
1.
2.
Fatimah, M. N., Faridah, J. S., and G. K. Goh (1991). Mekanik Bendalir Untuk
Kejuruteraan Awam. UTM, Johor: Unit Penerbitan Akademik.
3.
4.
59
This subject is divided into two parts, the first part will address on the types of materials used in
the construction industry, meanwhile the second part of the subject will exposed to the student
on the construction technology that is applied in the construction industry which includes
foundation, formworks, retaining wall, scaffolding, and also type of construction plant and
machinery used in the construction sites.
Course Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, students able to:
1.
2.
Explain and identify the usage and application of different types of construction materials
in construction industry
3.
Understand site layout, temporary facilities, construction plants and machineries used in
the construction sites
4.
List and describe the type of foundation, scaffolding, retaining wall ,and formworks used
in construction sites
References
1.
Marotta, Theodore W., Basic Construction Materials, Seventh Edition, Pearson Prentice
Hall: New Jersey, 2005.
2.
3.
60
2.
3.
Analyse of cables and arches, and influence line for statically determinate structure.
4.
Analyse statically indeterminate beam and frame using virtual work method, slope and
deflection, and moment distribution methods.
References
1.
Hibbeler, R. C. (2010). Structural Analysis. 6th Ed. SI. Singapore: Prentice Hall.
2.
Meriam J.L. & L.G. Kraige. (2003). Engineering Mechanics: Static. S.I. Edition. John
Wiley & Sons
3.
Beer, F P and Johnson, E. R. (1990). Vector Mechanics For Engineers: Static and
Dynamics. Singapore: McGraw Hill.
4.
61
Describe the basic concepts of hydrological cycle, river basin and application of the
water balance.
2.
Apply the techniques, skills and use various hydrological data such as rainfall data, river
flow measurement data and hydrological losses data.
3.
Conceptualize, develop and able to solve hydrological problem such as flood routing,
hydrograph analysis, Modified Rational Method, and frequency analysis.
4.
Associate the course content to the present hydrologic design Guidelines; Hydrological
Procedures (HP) and Urban Storm water Management Manual for Malaysia (MSMA).
5.
References
1.
Martin W., Robert K., Ron E., (1997). HYDROLOGY: Water Quantity and Quality
Control. 2nd Edition. Jon Wiley & Sons, Inc.
62
2.
Victor M. P., (1989). ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY: Principles and Practices. PrenticeHall, Inc.
3.
David C., (2006). Water-Resources Engineering. 2nd Edition. Pearson Education, Inc.
4.
Ayob K. Zulkifli Y. Kawi B., (2007). Hidrologi Asas. Pearson Prentice Hall.
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite : NIL
Course Synopsis
This course will expose students to knowledge and understanding of fundamental technical
drawing. It will cover basic principles of technical drawing such as dimension, scale, type of
lines and also orthographic and isometric drawings, and also introduction to computer aided
drawing software. Students will also be introduced to architectural and structural drawings so
that they will be able to draw, interpret and understand construction and engineering drawings.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students will be able to:
1.
Appreciate technical drawing rules and apply the knowledge using technical drawing
instrument.
2.
Project and visualize orthographic views, isometric views and oblique views of different
objects of various shapes, using technical drawing rules and principles.
3.
4.
Work in a group and carry out both architectural and structural drawing project.
References
1.
2.
63
3.
4.
GEOMATICS ECB2243
EQUIVALENT TO ECA2243
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite : NIL
Course Synopsis
This course provides the basic theory and practice of surveying to civil engineering students.
Methods of establishing horizontal & vertical controls for construction and design are explained
and compared. Detailing for producing site plans, area and volume estimations, road curves
geometric design are also discussed. Error analysis and adjustment are described. The concept
of field survey automation and the usage of software are explained. Common methods of field
producers, bookings and reduction of observations are adopted. Since accuracy of survey work
is vital in ensuring designs are exactly positioned, students must be able to analyses errors so
that standard accuracies are met. At the end of the course students are expected to be able to
plan, execute, compute and analyses surveying works involved in establishing horizontal &
vertical controls and producing plans for civil engineering applications, perform area calculations
and volume estimation for earthwork activities in civil engineering.
Students should
demonstrate effective communication and good collaborative skills.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students will be able to:
1.
Use and apply basic surveying fundamental and application of surveying in civil
engineering project.
2.
Operate survey equipment such as levelling equipment, theodolite, total station and
Global positioning system (GPS).
3.
Organize, collect and record survey data in a standard survey work format.
4.
Use the relevant data and equipment to perform volume computation, area computation
designing of road alignment curves and map production.
5.
64
6.
References
1.
Uren, J. and W.F Price, 2006. Surveying for Engineers, The Macmillan Press Ltd. &
ELBS, London Fourth Edision.
2.
McCormac, J.C., 1991. Surveying : Fundamentals, 2nd . Ed., Prentice Hall, Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey.
3.
Shepperd, F.A., 1981. Advanced Engineering Surveying Problem & Solution, Edward
Arnold, London.
Define and explain the significance of structural analysis in the Civil Engineering context.
2.
3.
4.
65
5.
Apply the fundamental Finite Elements Method and analyse the structures using
computer software.
References
1.
Aslam Kassimali (2011). Structural Analysis 4th Edition. SI Edition. CENGAGE Learning.
2.
3.
Yusof Ahmad (2004). Teori Struktur. Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, Skudai, Johor Darul
Takzim, Malaysia.
4.
Daryl L. Logan (2007). A First Course in the Finite Element Method 4th Edition.
International Student Edition. Thomson.
Understand and describe the basic concepts of chemistry and microbiology related to
water supply and sewerage treatment technology
2.
Apply and distinguish the methods commonly used in treating water supply and
sewerage
66
3.
Calculate and design systems of unit operations of water supply and sewerage to
achieve the required treatment.
4.
Design and handle laboratory work. Ability to collect, analyse and interpret data. The
ability to report laboratory work in water supply and sewerage treatment.
References
1.
2.
3.
Hammer, M.J., (1996): Water and Wastewater Technology. 3rd Ed. Prentice-Hall Inc.
4.
67
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
Able to describe the fundamental characteristic of soil such as origin of soil, particle
size distribution and classification, soil composition and plasticity.
2.
Able to describe the effect of capillarity in soil, permeability, seepage and solve the
problem related to the flow net in a dam structure.
3.
Able to define shear strength in soil, laboratory triaxial test, vane shear test and
conduct lab test to determine the shear strength paramaters.
4.
Able to utilise and apply suitable techniques to calculate soil stresses in a soil mass.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Budhu, M., (2000). Soil Mechanics & Foundations, John Wiley & Sons.
68
design and draw detailed drawing of given structures using manual calculation. This course is a
Pre-requisite subject to Reinforced Concrete (RC) Design 2 and Capstone Project 2.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
Analyse the section, shear, and torsion. Also, identify the requirement of anchorage,
curtailment and member connections, serviceability, durability and stability.
3.
Analyse, design and produce detailed drawing for reinforced concrete beam and slab.
4.
Work in a group and carry out project on various reinforced concrete structures.
References
1.
Mosley, B., Bungey, J., & Hulse, R. 2007. Reinforced Concrete Design to Eurocode 2,
6th Ed. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan.
2.
Martin, L.H. & Purkiss, J.A. 2006. Concrete Design to EN 1992, 2nd Ed. Oxford:
Butterworth-Heinemann.
3.
4.
69
GEOTECHNICS ECB3133
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite : ECB 2233 Soil Mechanics
Course Synopsis
This subject is one of the core subjects, which will provide solid background knowledge to
student about the principles of geotechnical engineering and practices. It will provide an
understanding in conceptual design of civil and geotechnical engineering structures.
Fundamental topics for the subject include soil compaction and will also covers shear strength
of soil and seepage calculation with analysis. Lateral earth pressure and analysis of slope
stability are other important topics to be discussed along with compressibility, and consolidation
of soils.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
Able to describe and analyse the lateral earth pressure, checking stability of retaining
wall structures and applying few methods of analysis.
3.
Able to define concept of slope stability, slope movement and instability, and applying
slope stability analysis.
4.
References
1.
2.
J.N. Cernica, (1995), Geotechnical Engineering: Soil Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons
70
Identify and distinguish highway earthwork, operations and equipment, and solve
problems related to earthwork operations.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Analyze, design and recommend the structural thickness of flexible pavement using JKR
method and rigid pavement using PCA method.
6.
References
1.
Garber, N.J. and Hoel, L.A. (2010). Traffic and Highway Engineering. SI Ed. Cengage
Learning.
2.
Arahan Teknik Jalan 5/8 Manual on Pavement Design. Jabatan Kerja Raya.
3.
71
4.
Wright, P.H. and Dixon, K.K. 2004. Highway Engineering. 7th. Ed. John Wiley & Sons.
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
Barrie, D.S and Paulson, B.C, Profesional Construction Management, Mc Graw Hill
(1999).
3.
72
Analyse, design and produce detailed drawing for reinforced concrete columns and
foundations.
2.
Analyse, design and produce detailed drawing for reinforced concrete staircase and
retaining walls.
3.
Describe and explain the basic principles of prestressed concrete and design
procedures of composite construction.
4.
Work in a group and carry out project on various reinforced concrete structures.
References
1.
Mosley, B., Bungey, J., & Hulse, R. 2007. Reinforced Concrete Design to Eurocode 2,
6th Ed. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan.
2.
Martin, L.H. & Purkiss, J.A. 2006. Concrete Design to EN 1992, 2nd Ed. Oxford:
Butterworth-Heinemann.
3.
73
HYDRAULICS ECB3223
EQUIVALENT TO ECA3213
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite : ECB 1223 - Fluid Mechanics
Course Synopsis
The aim of this course is to give knowledge, understanding and able to design open channel
hydraulics (erodible and non-erodible). This course also identifies open channel flow
classification, design of channel section dimensions, flow characteristics in open channel,
sediment transport. This course also introduces commercial software which is used in open
channel design.
Course Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1.
Describe characteristics of open channel flow and application of various channel design
equations.
2.
Calculate and define flow profile along an open channel due to structures in the channel.
3.
Calculate and evaluate rapidly and gradually varying flow in open channel.
4.
Apply the appropriate analytical concept for various types of flow condition in open
channels and sediment transport.
5.
References
1.
Hubert Chanson. 2004. Hydraulics of Open Channel Flow. 2nd Edition. ButterworthHeinemann
2.
Terry W. Sturn (2001). Open Channel Hydraulics. Mc Graw Hill- Higher Education
3.
Amat Sairin Demun (1997) Hidraulik Saluran Terbuka Dengan Penggunaan Komputer,
Penerbitan Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, Skudai Johor
74
4.
2.
Evaluate bearing capacity and pile capacity and carry out geotechnical design for
foundation work
3.
4.
Relate different methods for different site conditions and apply the knowledge for solving
foundation problem
References
1.
Bujang Kim Huat, Faisal Hj Ali, Hussaini Omar, Haruant Sigh (2006), Foundation
Engineering; Design and construction in tropical soil. Taylor & Francis group.
2.
3.
Tomlinson and Michael, J. (1995), Pile Design and Construction, 6th. Edition. John Wiley
and Sons, New York.
75
4.
Bowles, J.E (1996), Foundation Analysis and Design, MacGraw Hill International
editions.
Identify, analyze, design and summarize road traffic control and management system.
2.
Recognize and distinguish traffic engineering studies; demonstrate and analyze the
traffic flow characteristics.
3.
Describe and express the concept of transit operation; prepare, classify and design the
public transport and parking facilities.
4.
References
1.
Garber, N.J. and Hoel, L.A. (2010). Traffic and Highway Engineering. SI Ed. Cengage
Learning.
76
2.
3.
4.
Wright, P.H. and Ashford, N.J. 1998. Transportation Engineering: Planning & Design.
4th. Ed. New York: John Wiley.
5.
Arahan Teknik Jalan 13/87-Manual on a Guide to the Design of Traffic Signal. Jabatan
Kerja Raya.
6.
2.
Apply the engineering knowledge taught in the lecture rooms in real industrial situations
3.
4.
77
Reference:
1.
Describe the steel and timber design concept and elaborate the advantages and
disadvantages of steel and timber structures compared to other types of structure.
2.
Analyse actions on structure, calculate design loads and analyse structural elements.
3.
Design steel structures, i.e. beams, columns, and connections, using current code of
practice.
4.
5.
Work in a team, to prepare structural design report, drawing plan and structural element
detailing, professionally and ethically, and to present it with standard communication
skill.
78
References
1.
L.H. Martin & J.A. Purkiss, Structural Design of Steelwork to EN 1993 and EN 1994 3rd
Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann, UK, 2008.
2.
N.S. Trahair, M.A. Bradford, D.A. Nethercot and L. Gardner, The Behaviour and Design
of Steel Structures to EC3 4th Edition, Taylor & Francis, 2009.
3.
Mat Lazim Zakaria, Rekabentuk Struktur Kayu menurut MS 544, Dewan Bahasa dan
Pustaka: KL, 1989.
4.
5.
6.
3Design of Steel
Identify and discuss on pollutants and their effects to environment especially human.
2.
79
3.
4.
References
1.
Davis, M.L and Cornwell, D.A, Introduction to Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition,
McGraw Hill, (2008)
2.
Peavy, H.S, Donald, R.R and George, T, (1985), Environmental Engineering, McGraw
Hill, 1985RC & Steel Design
3.
1.
Able to use code of practice, manual and guidelines to perform earthworks design,
sewerage water reticulation design, external water reticulation design, drainage system
design and perform EIA report.
80
2.
Able to work in a project team and produced a technical report on the project.
3.
Able to present information and express idea clearly through oral modes
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Understand, seek and define the research topic, objectives and scope of work.
2.
3.
4.
81
5.
Present information and express ideas clearly, effectively and confidently through written
and oral modes.
References
1.
Able to apply the basic knowledge regarding construction tender and contract.
2.
Able to estimate the cost of building elements and civil engineering works
3.
4.
5.
Able to work in a team or individually to solve problems and produce written report
References
1.
2.
Ir Harbans Singh K.S.(2002).Engineering and construction contracts management precontract award practice.Lexis Nexis.
82
3.
Principles of
2.
3.
4.
References
Concrete Design to EN 1992, 2nd Ed.
1..
2.
Mosley, B., Bungey, J., & Hulse, R. 2007. Reinforced Concrete Design to
Eurocode 2, 6th Ed. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan.
83
3.
Hibbeler, R.C. 2006. Structural Analysis. 6th. Edition SI. Singapore: PrenticeHall.
4.
2.
Interpret, analyze, discuss and make conclusion based on the research findings.
3.
4.
Present information and express ideas clearly, effectively and confidently through written
and oral modes.
References
1.
84
2.
3.
85
portable bridges and floating bridges. Besides, students also have to work in group and are
required to conduct a mini design project, where they are asked to analyse, and design a given
structures using computer software.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
Define and describe the function, types and basic arrangement of bridges, general types
of bridge loadings, dan effects temperature and shrinkage.
2.
Identify, calculate and analyse the applied loads on bridge deck based on two code of
practice which is British Standard, and Eurocodes. Also, analyse, and design bridge
substructure such as abutment and pier.
3.
Explain design concepts and construction of prestressed concrete bridge, long span
bridges (suspension bridges and cable-stayed bridges) and also other two bridges
military; portable bridges and floating bridges.
4.
References
1.
M Imran Rafiq (2009). Bridge Deck Loading and Analysis. University of Surrey, UK.
2.
M Imran Rafiq (2009). Prestressed Concrete Bridge Design. University of Surrey, UK.
3.
Ryall, M.J.; Parke, G.A.R. and Harding, J.E. (2001). Manual of Bridge Engineering,
Published by Thomas Telford, UK.
4.
86
Describe the properties and concepts of how NBC agents affecting human and the
environment.
2.
Explain and utilize the standard procedures of marking contaminated site and identify
the decontamination methods and procedures
3.
4.
Plan strategies and the steps need to be taken during NBC contamination for self and
mass protection
References
1.
Davis, M.L and Cornwell, D.A, Introduction to Environmental Engineering, 4th Edition,
McGraw Hill, (2008)
2.
3.
4.
Yadav, M.S, Nuclear Weapons and Explosions, Environmental Impacts and Other Effect
87
88
89
90
Jumlah keperluan kredit yang perlu dipenuhi untuk bergraduat adalah seperti mana jadual
di bawah dan tempoh pengajian yang perlu diikuti adalah lapan (8) semester lazim.
Pecahan kursus yang perlu diambil adalah seperti berikut:
KURSUS
KREDIT
Teras Universiti
12
Teras Fakulti
18
Teras Program
84
Elektif Program
Elektif Universiti
126
COURSE
CREDIT
EEE 1202
EEE 1213
Digital Electronics
EEE 1223
Circuit Analysis I
EEE 2113
EEE 2123
Circuit Analysis II
EEE 2132
EEE 2213
EEE 2223
EEE 2233
91
EEE 2242
EEE 3113
System Design
EEE 3123
EEE 3133
EEE 3142
EEE 3143
EEE 3213
Control Engineering
EEE 3223
Principles of Communication
EEE 3233
Power Systems
EEE 3243
Digital Design
EEE 3314
Industrial Training
EEE 4103
Engineering Management
EEE 4142
EEE 4203
Engineers in Community
EEE 4214
EEC 3243
Digital Communication
EEC 4113
EEC 4123
EEC 4133
EMM 2323
Engineering Mechanics
92
COURSE CODE
CREDIT
EEE 5223
EEC 5123
EEC 5213
EEC 5223
EEC 5233
Introduction to Radar
EEC 5243
93
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA KEJURUTERAAN ELEKTRIK DAN ELEKTRONIK
(KOMUNIKASI) (ZK25)
SEMESTER 1
Code
Course
SEMESTER 2
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
Course
Credit
ALK 1011/
PLS1XX1
Elective University
ALK 1021/
PLS 1XX1
Elective University
LAN 1012
LAN 1032
Ethnic Relation
Engineering
Mathematics II
(Differential Equations
and Transform)
Engineering
Application
(Laboratory)
LAN 1022
Malaysian Nationhood
EFA 1203
LEL 1012
EEE 1202
EFA 1103
Engineering
Mathematics I
(Calculus and Linear
Algebra)
EEE 1213
Digital Electronics
EFC 1103
Computing I
EEE 2123
Circuit Analysis II
EEE 1223
Circuit Analysis I
EEE 2223
Measurement and
Instrumentation
16
JUMLAH
JUMLAH
PreRequisite
EEE1223
EFA1203
17
94
SEMESTER 3
Code
Course
SEMESTER 4
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
Course
Elective
University
Acculturisation
of
Entrepreneurs
hip
ALK 2011/
PLS2XX1
Elective University
ALK 2021/
PLS2XX1
LEL 1022
LAN 1042
EFC 1203
EFA 2103
EEE 2213
EEE 2132
EEE 2113
JUMLAH
Computing II
(Numerical Methods
and Engineering
Softwares)
Engineering
Mathematics IIIA
(Complex Variable and
Vector)
Analog Electronics &
Devices
Electrical & Electronic
Laboratory I
Microprocessor &
Microcomputer
EFA 2213
Engineering
Mathematics
IV (Statistics)
EEE 3123
Analog Circuit
and Device
EEE 2123
2
3
17
EEE 2233
EMM 2323
Credit
PreRequisite
Signal &
System
Engineering
Mechanics
EEE 2213
EEE 2123
EEE 1213
JUMLAH
15
95
SEMESTER 5
Code
Course
SEMESTER 6
Credit
ALK 3011/
Elective University
PLS3XX1
Introduction to
Multimedia
EEE 3143
Technology &
Applications
Electrical and
Electronic
EEE 2242
Engineering
Laboratory II
EEE 3223
EEE 3143
EEE 3133
Principles of
Communication
Digital Design
Electromagnetic
Fields and Waves
JUMLAH
PreRequisite
Code
Course
PreRequisite
Credit
ALK 3021/
PLS3XX1
Elective University
EEC 3243
Digital
Communication
EEE 2123
EEE 2242
EEE 2113
EEE 2233
EEE 2123
EEE 2132
EEE 3142
EEE 2233
EEC 4133
EEE 1213
EEE 3113
Electrical and
Electronic
Engineering
Laboratory III
Computer
Architecture &
Organization
System Design
EFA 2103
EEE 3233
Power Systems
15
JUMLAH
15
INTER-SESI
Code
Course
Credit
PreRequisite
EEE 3314
Industrial Training
JUMLAH
4
*EEE 2123, EEE 2213 and 60 Credit Hours completed.
96
SEMESTER 7
SEMESTER 8
Code
Course
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
EEE 4142
**
EEE 4214
EEE 3133
EEE 4203
EEE 2113
EEE 4103
EEC 4123
EEC 4113
EEC 5XX3
Elective I
EEE 3213
Control Engineering
Course
Final Year
Project II
Engineers In
Community
Engineering
Management
Credit
PreRequisite
EEE 4142
EEE 2233
JUMLAH
14
** Completed 90 Credit Hours & EEE 3113
JUMLAH
13
97
2.
3.
Describe basic electrical wiring installations and understand the characteristics of some
basic electrical devices and electronic components.
4.
References
1.
Md. Nasir Abd. Manan, Panduan Pendawaian Domestik IEEE , Third Edition, 2004,
ISBN 978-967-950-181-0.
2.
3.
Boylested and Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Prentice Hall
4.
Trevor Linsley, (2005). Basic Electrical Installation Work, 4th ed. Newnes B. L. Theraja
& A. K. Theraja : A Textbook of Electrical Technology.
98
2.
3.
Knowledge and surface level hands-on skill on ECAD based design of digital circuits.
References
1.
Thomas
L.
Floyd,
Digital
Fundamental,
10th
Edition,
Pearson,
2.
Ken Reid & Robert Dueck, Introduction to Digital Electronics, Thomson, 2008.
3.
4.
Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design,
2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008.
5.
Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design,
2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008.
2009.
99
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
De Carlo and Lin, Linear Circuit Analysis: Time Domain, Phasor, and Laplace Transform
Approach, Prentice Hall.
5.
William Hart Hayt, Jack Ellsworth Kemmerly, Steven M. Durbin, Engineering Circuit
Analysis, McGraw Hill.
100
2.
3.
4.
5.
References
1.
2.
3.
Mazidi M. A. ,Mazidi J. , Causey D. 2009. The x86 PC: Assembly Language, Design,
and Interfacing,(5th Edition).Prentice Hall.
4.
101
2.
Analyze AC circuits using basic circuit techniques, fundamental laws and theorems.
3.
4.
Analyze AC circuits using advanced techniques (Laplace & Two Ports) for network
analysis.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
De Carlo and Lin, Linear Circuit Analysis: Time Domain, Phasor, and Laplace Transform
Approach, Prentice Hall.
5.
William Hart Hayt, Jack Ellsworth Kemmerly, Steven M. Durbin, Engineering Circuit
Analysis, McGraw Hill.
102
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mohamed, K.H., Starters Guide to Digital Systems VHDL &Verilog Design, Second
Edition, Desktop Publisher, 2008.
5.
103
2.
Describe the theories and basic principles, and also solve problems of bipolar junction
transistor (BJT), transistor bias circuits, and BJT amplifiers.
3.
Identify and apply the theories and basic principles, also solve problems of MOSFET.
4.
Describe and apply the theories and basic principles of amplifier frequency response.
References
1.
2.
Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices And Circuit Theory, Ninth
Edition (International Edition), Pearson Education, 2006.
3.
Sedra A.S. and Kenneth C., Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford Univ Press, 2003.
4.
5.
Neamen D.A., Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2001
104
Describe measurement process and identify types of error in the measurement process
2.
Distinguish the techniques to measure and convert the non-electrical quantities into an
electrical signal using different types of sensors and transducers.
3.
Illustrate the purpose and techniques of signal conditioning and convertor (ADC/DAC) in
the measurement system.
4.
Define and identify noise sources and familiarize terms related to noise measurement.
5.
Analyze sensor selection and signal conditioning associated with a particular process
requirement.
References
1.
2.
3.
Liptak, B.G. (2003). Instrument Engineers Handbook. 4th Edition. CRC Press.
4.
105
5.
2.
3.
4.
Analyze discrete-time signals and systems, and their differences with their continuous
counterpart.
5.
References
1.
2.
Charles L. Phillips, John M. Parr and Eve A. Riskin. 2008. Signals, Systems and
Transforms Fourth Edition. Pearson Prentice Hall.
3.
Hwei P. Hsu 1995. Schaums Outline of Theory and Problems of Signals and Systems.
McGraw-Hill.
106
4.
Stuller J.A. 2008. An Introduction to Signals and Systems. Thomson Canada Limited,
Toronto.
5.
Lathi B. P. 2005. Linear Systems and Signals. Oxford University Press Inc, New York.
6.
Haykin S and Van Veen B. 2002. Signal and Systems. Second edition. John Wiley,
New York.
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
2.
107
3.
Louis E. Frenzel Jr., (2008). Principles of Electronic Communication System 3rd Ed.
McGraw-Hill
4.
5.
2.
Knowledge and understanding of datapath components and applying them into digital
systems.
3.
References
1.
Mohamed Khalil Mohd Hani, Staters Guide to Digital System VHDL and Verilog Design,
2nd Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009.
2.
3.
Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamental of Digital Logic with Verilog Design,
3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2009.
108
4.
John F. Wakerly, Digital Design Principles and Practice, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall,
2000.
5.
Roth & John, Digital System Design using VHDL, 2nd Edition, Mason Thomson, 2007.
Produce image using the given tool according to the required specifications.
2.
Produce animations using the given tool according to the required specifications.
3.
Produce video using the given tool according to the required specifications.
4.
Produce web pages using the given tool according to the required specifications.
References
1.
Adobe Creative Team, Adobe Fireworks CS6 Classroom in a Book with E-Book
CD/DVD, Adobe Press, 2012
2.
Adobe Creative Team, Adobe Flash Profesional CS6 Classroom in a Book with E-Book
CD/DVD, Adobe Press, 2012
3.
Adobe Creative Team, Adobe Premiere Pro CS6 Classroom in a Book with E-Book
CD/DVD, Adobe Press, 2012
4.
Adobe Creative Team, Adobe Dreamweaver CS6 Classroom in a Book with E-Book
CD/DVD, Adobe Press, 2012
109
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
References
1.
Wilcox, A.D. 1990. Engineering Design for Electrical Engineer. Englewood Cliffs:
Prentice-Hall.
2.
3.
Villanucci, R.S., Avtgis, A.W. & Megow, W.F. 2002. Electronic Techniques: Shop
4.
5.
110
Point out the basic structures, operations and applications of thyristors, & understand the
concept and effect of noise in electronic devices.
2.
Describe and apply the theories and functions of various types of operational amplifiers.
3.
Differentiate and apply the theories and functions of various types of filters and
oscillators.
4.
Describe and apply the theories and functions of various types of voltage regulators.
References
1.
2.
Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices And Circuit Theory, Ninth
Edition (International Edition), Pearson Education, 2006.
3.
111
Apply vector concept and capable of solving vector algebra operation, differential and
integral operation in three coordinate systems.
2.
Apply static electromagnetic principle and basic theory in static electromagnetic to solve
related problems.
3.
References
1.
Sadiku, M.N.O., 2001, Elements of Electromagnetics, 3rd Ed., Oxford University Press.
2.
Hayt, Jr. W.H., 2001, Engineering Electromagnetics, 6th Ed., McGraw-Hill International
Edition
3.
4.
Rao, N.N., 2000, Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
5.
Early
112
Learn the principles of, and good practice for measuring parameters using modern
engineering instruments and digital acquisition hardware.
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
3.
Louis E. Frenzel Jr. (2008). Principles of Electronic Communication System 3rd Ed.
McGraw-Hill
4.
5.
David M. Pozar, (2004), Microwave Engineering, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
113
Course Synopsis
This course exposes students to the mathematical modelling of physical systems and controller
design & analysis techniques. This course also covers topics such as basic principles of control
system and feedback system and the performance of transfer function, block diagram and
signal flow graph to modelling the physical systems. Students are also required to design and
analyze PID controller. The topics covered would be mathematical modeling of dynamic
systems, transfer function, time response analysis, stability criteria, root locus and frequency
response methods. The course will also provide students with an exposure to basic control
system design using control simulation (Matlab/ SIMULINK)
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
Analyze the feedback control system characteristics which includes stability of transient
response and steady state error.
3.
Perform the graphical (root locus) and sinusoidal tool (bode plot) to analyze the system.
4.
Design & analyze the time domain and frequency domain controller.
References
1.
Nise, N. S. (2008). Control Systems Engineering. 5th ed. John Wiley and Sons.
2.
3.
Ogata, K. (2010). Modern Control Engineering. 5th ed. Pearson Education International,
Inc.
4.
Prentice-Hall
114
5.
Kuo, B. C. 1995. Automatic Control Systems. 7th ed. Prentice-Hall International, Inc.
Describe and summarize basic principles of analog and digital communication systems.
2.
Design and analyze various types of analog and digital communication generators and
receivers.
3.
References
1.
2.
Lathi, B.P. (2003). Modern Digital and Analog Communications Systems, 3rd Edn.,
Oxford University Press.
115
3.
Louis E. Frenzel Jr., (2008). Principles of Electronic Communication Systems 3rd Ed.
McGraw-Hill
4.
Analyze various types of transformers and understand power concept, power factor, 3phase system, per-unit calculation, and concepts of power systems network.
2.
Explain four basic transmission-line parameters, analyze the performance of singlephase and balanced three-phase transmission lines under normal steady-state operating
conditions.
3.
Explain the theory of protection devices and protection design from the device
application standpoint.
4.
116
References
1.
Hadi Saadat, Power System Analysis, 2nd Edition (International Edition), Mc-Graw Hill,
2004.
2.
3.
B. M. Weedy, B. J. Cory, Electric Power Systems, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
Singapore, 1998
4.
5.
Course Synopsis
Industrial training exposed the students to the real work setting in various industries or military
units for 10 weeks. The students are placed in industries or military units that best suit their area
of studies. It is an experimental learning that requires the students to learn the process and able
to apply their knowledge acquired in actual industrial setting. The knowledge acquire during
practical training may be used may be used later in final year class as well as to equip them with
sufficient knowledge for their job.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
117
3.
References
1.
Undergraduate Handbook
2.
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
Eisner, Essentials of Project & Systems Engineering Management, 3rd ed, Wiley, 2008.
3.
118
4.
5.
Cleland, Project Management: Strategic Design and Implementation, 5th ed., McGrawHill, 2007.
6.
2.
3.
4.
Adopt and adapt existing and new engineering technologies for the betterment of
humankinds.
5.
References
1.
119
2.
Discover the requirement and the issues of safety, impact of law, standards and
regulations.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
Ralph M. Ford, Chris S. Coulston (2008). Design for Electrical and Computer Engineers.
McGraw-Hill International.
4.
5.
6.
120
7.
2.
3.
4.
Adopt and adapt existing and new engineering technologies for the betterment of
humankinds.
5.
References
1.
121
Solve problems involving the equilibrium of bodies, particle, resultant and resolution of
forces.
2.
3.
4.
Apply Newton Law, impulse-momentum and work energy equations to solve problems
involving motions of particle.
References
1.
Meriam J.L. and L. G. Kraige (1996). Engineering Mechanics, Vol 1: Statics, 4th Ed.
Canada: John Wiley & Sons.
2.
Meriam J.L. & L.G. Kraige. (2003). Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics. S.I. Edition. John
Wiley & Sons.
3.
4.
Beer, F P and Johnson, E. R. (1990). Vector Mechanics For Engineers: Static and
Dynamics. Singapore: McGraw Hill.
5.
Hibbeler, R. C. (2007). Engineering Mechanics Statics. 11th Ed. SI. Singapore: Prentice
Hall.
122
6.
Hibbeler, R.C. (2004). Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics. S.I. Edition. Third Edition.
Singapore: Prentice Hall
Design modulation and optimum demodulation and detection methods for digital
communications.
2.
Evaluate critically the bit error rate of communication system when operating in AWGN
environments.
3.
Evaluate the performance of linear block and convolution codes in AWGN environments.
4.
References
1.
Skalar B., (2002) Digital Communication; Fundamental & Application, 2nd edition.
Prentice Hall.
2.
Leon W. Couch, II, (2007) Digital and Analog Communication Systems, 7th edition,
Prentice Hall.
3.
Haykin S., (2006) An Introduction to Digital and Analog Communications, 2nd edition,
Wiley.
123
4.
Proakis & Salehi, (2002) Communication Systems Engineering 2nd, edition, Prentice
Hall.
5.
Explain the concepts of data communication using layered approach based OSI and
TCP/IP and their applications.
2.
Analyze certain problems in data communication and perform the required solutions.
3.
References
1.
William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, Prentice Hall, 6/7th edition,
2000.
2.
124
3.
James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking, Addison Wesley, 4th edition
2008
4.
Nigel Chapman, Jenny Chapman, Digital Multimedia, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd edition
2009
2.
Demonstrate the theory, functions and applications of antenna and its parameters.
3.
4.
Analyze the concept and types of radio waves propagation and free space loss.
References
1.
Constantine A. Balanis (2005), Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design, 3rd Edition, Wiley
& Sons.
2.
125
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
Stalling W., Computer Organization & Architecture, 8th ed., Prentice Hall, 2010.
3.
4.
126
Explain the state space variable and state space modeling of dynamic system.
2.
Analyze the stability and transient response of a control system using z-transform.
3.
4.
References
1.
Prentice-Hall
2.
John C. Doyle, Bruce A. Francis, and Allen R. Tannenbaum (2009) Feedback Control
Theory (Dover Books on Engineering).
3.
Nise, N. S. (2008). Control Systems Engineering. 5th ed. John Wiley and Sons.
4.
Franklin G.F., Powell J.D. and Emani-Naeni A (1994), Feedback Control Systems, 3rd
ed., Addison-Wesley.
127
5.
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
R. Ludwig and P. Bretchko, RF Circuit Design Theory and Application, Prentice Hall,
2000.
2.
3.
4.
5.
128
Describe the basic principle of cellular radio based on system disturbance and capacity
upgrade method.
2.
Analyze the propagation effect towards the radio and satellite communication system
design, path loss models and cell traffic planning system.
3.
Identify requirements for satellite application and perform link budget analysis.
4.
Explain the effect of access technique usage and modulation towards the capacity of
radio and satellite communication system.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Garg V.K, Wilkes J.E, Wireless and Personal Communications Systems, Prentice Hall,
1996
129
6.
Pratt T., Bostian C., Allnutt J., Satellite Communications, 2ndEdn., Wiley 2003
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
130
Interpret basic concept of light propagation and design the right angle for incident,
refraction and reflection.
2.
Interpret the transmission characteristics of optical fiber as well evaluate the waveguide
parameters.
3.
Describe the theory of optical components and their application in the optical
communication system.
4.
References
1.
Gerd Keiser, 2000. Optical Fiber Communications, 3rd Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2000.
2.
Palais, J.C., 1998. Fiber Optic Communication, 4th Edition. Prentice Hall.
3.
Powers, J. 1999. An Introduction To Fiber Optic Systems, 2nd Edition. Mc Graw Hill.
131
2.
3.
4.
and
queuing
analysis
for
analyzing
References
1.
2.
James F Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking : A Top Down Approach
Featuring the Internet 2nd Edition, Addition Wesley, 2008 .
3.
4.
5.
A.B. Mackenzie and W.H. Tranter, Queuing and Trunking for Wireless Systems
Morgan and Claypool Publisher, 2008
132
Jumlah keperluan kredit yang perlu dipenuhi untuk bergraduat adalah seperti mana jadual
di bawah dan tempoh pengajian yang perlu diikuti adalah lapan (8) semester lazim.
Pecahan kursus yang perlu diambil adalah seperti berikut:
KURSUS
KREDIT
Teras Universiti
12
Teras Fakulti
18
Teras Program
84
Elektif Program
Elektif Universiti
126
COURSE
CREDIT
EEE 1202
EEE 1213
Digital Electronics
EEE 1223
Circuit Analysis I
EEE 2113
EEE 2123
Circuit Analysis II
EEE 2132
EEE 2213
EEE 2223
EEE 2233
133
EEE 2242
EEE 3113
System Design
EEE 3123
EEE 3133
EEE 3142
EEE 3213
Control Engineering
EEE 3223
Principles of Communication
EEE 3233
Power Systems
EEE 3243
Digital Design
EEE 3314
Industrial Training
EEE 4103
Engineering Management
EEE 4142
EEE 4203
Engineers in Community
EEE 4214
EEP 3213
Electrical Drives
EEP 3243
Electric Machines
EEP 4113
EEP 4123
EEP 4133
Power Electronics
EMM 2323
Engineering Mechanics
134
CREDIT
EEE 5223
EEP 5213
Renewable Energy
EEP 4223
EEP 5223
EEP 5243
EEP 5253
Power Utilization
EEP 5263
135
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA KEJURUTERAAN ELEKTRIK DAN ELEKTRONIK
(KUASA) (ZK50)
SEMESTER 1
Code
Course
SEMESTER 2
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
Course
Credit
ALK 1011/
PLS1XX1
Elective University
ALK 1021/
PLS1XX1
Elective University
LAN 1012
LAN 1032
Ethnic Relation
Engineering
Mathematics II
(Differential
Equations and
Transform)
Engineering
Application
(Laboratory)
LAN 1022
Malaysian Nationhood
EFA 1203
LEL 1012
EEE 1202
EEE 1213
Digital Electronics
EEE 2123
Circuit Analysis II
EEE 2223
16
JUMLAH
EFA 1103
EFC 1103
EEE 1223
JUMLAH
Engineering
Mathematics I
(Calculus and Linear
Algebra)
Computing I (C dan
C++)
Circuit Analysis I
Measurement and
Instrumentation
JUMLAH
PreRequisite
EEE1223
EFA1203
3
17
136
SEMESTER 3
Code
ALK 2011/
PLS2XX1
LEL 1022
EFC 2103
EFA 2103
EEE 2213
EEE 2132
EEE 2113
JUMLAH
Course
Elective University
English for Oral
Communication
Computing II
(Numerical Methods
and Engineering
Softwares)
Engineering
Mathematics IIIA
(Complex Variable
and Vector)
Analogue Electronics
Devices
Electrical and
Electronic
Engineering
Laboratory I
Microprocessor and
Microcomputer
SEMESTER 4
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
Course
Credit
PreRequisite
ALK 2021/
PLS2XX1
Elective University
LAN 1042
Acculturisation of
Entrepreneurship
Engineering
Mathematics IV
(Statistics)
EEE 3123
EEE
2213
EEE 2233
EEE
2123
EMM 2323
Engineering
Mechanics
EFA 2213
EEE2123
3
17
EEE1213
JUMLAH
15
137
SEMESTER 5
Code
ALK 3011/
PLS3XX1
EEP 3243
Course
SEMESTER 6
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
ALK 3021/
PLS3XX1
EEP 4133
PreRequisite
Course
Credit
Elective University
Power Electronics
Electrical and
Electronic
Engineering
Laboratory III
3
2
EEE 2242
Elective University
Electric Machines
EEE 2242
Electrical and
Electronic Engineering
Laboratory II
EEE 2132
EEE 3142
EEE 3223
Principles of
Communication
EEE 2233
EEE 3113
System Design
EEE 2213
EEE 2113
EEE 3243
Digital Design
EEE1213
EEE 3233
Power Systems
EEE 2123
EEE 3133
Electromagnetic Fields
and Waves
EFA2103
EEE 3213
Control
Engineering
EEE 2233
JUMLAH
15
JUMLAH
15
INTER-SESION
Code
Course
Credit
PreRequisite
EEE 3314
Industrial Training
JUMLAH
4
* EEE 2123, EEE 2213 and 60 Credit Hours completed
138
SEMESTER 7
Code
Course
SEMESTER 8
Credit
PreRequisite
Code
Course
Credit
PreRequisite
EEE 4142
EEE 4142
Final Year
Project I
**
EEE 4214
EEP 4113
Advanced Power
Systems
EEE 3233
EEE 4203
Engineers In
Community
EEP 3213
Electrical Drives
EEP 3243
EEE 4103
Engineering
Management
EEP4123
High Voltage
Engineering
EEE 3233
EEP 5XX3
Elective II
EEP 5XX3
Elective I
JUMLAH
14
** Completed 90 Credit Hours & EEE3113
JUMLAH
13
139
2.
3.
Describe basic electrical wiring installations and understand the characteristics of some
basic electrical devices and electronic components.
4.
References
1.
Md. Nasir Abd. Manan, Panduan Pendawaian Domestik IEEE , Third Edition, 2004,
ISBN 978-967-950-181-0.
2.
3.
Boylested and Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Prentice Hall
4.
Trevor Linsley, (2005). Basic Electrical Installation Work, 4th ed. Newnes B. L. Theraja
& A. K. Theraja : A Textbook of Electrical Technology.
140
2.
3.
Knowledge and surface level hands-on skill on ECAD based design of digital circuits.
References
1.
2.
Ken Reid & Robert Dueck, Introduction to Digital Electronics, Thomson, 2008.
3.
4.
Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design,
2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008.
5.
Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design,
2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008.
141
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
De Carlo and Lin, Linear Circuit Analysis: Time Domain, Phasor, and Laplace Transform
Approach, Prentice Hall.
5.
William Hart Hayt, Jack Ellsworth Kemmerly, Steven M. Durbin, Engineering Circuit
Analysis, McGraw Hill.
6.
J. David Irwin, R. Mark Nelms, Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis, John Wiley & Sons.
142
2.
3.
4.
5.
References
1.
2.
3.
Mazidi M. A. ,Mazidi J. , Causey D. 2009. The x86 PC: Assembly Language, Design,
and Interfacing,(5th Edition).Prentice Hall.
4.
Kleitz W. 2002. Digital and Microprocessor Fundamentals: Theory and Application (4th
Edition). Prentice Hall.
143
5.
6.
2.
Analyze AC circuits using basic circuit techniques, fundamental laws and theorems.
3.
4.
Analyze AC circuits using advanced techniques (Laplace & Two Ports) for network
analysis.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
De Carlo and Lin, Linear Circuit Analysis: Time Domain, Phasor, and Laplace Transform
Approach, Prentice Hall.
144
5.
William Hart Hayt, Jack Ellsworth Kemmerly, Steven M. Durbin, Engineering Circuit
Analysis, McGraw Hill.
6.
J. David Irwin, R. Mark Nelms, Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis, John Wiley & Sons.
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mohamed, K.H., Starters Guide to Digital Systems VHDL &Verilog Design, Second
Edition, Desktop Publisher, 2008.
5.
145
6.
2.
Describe the theories and basic principles, and also solve problems of bipolar junction
transistor (BJT), transistor bias circuits, and BJT amplifiers.
3.
Identify and apply the theories and basic principles, also solve problems of MOSFET.
4.
Describe and apply the theories and basic principles of amplifier frequency response.
References
1.
2.
Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices And Circuit Theory, Ninth
Edition (International Edition), Pearson Education, 2006.
3.
4.
Sedra A.S. and Kenneth C., Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford Univ Press, 2003.
146
5.
6.
Neamen D.A., Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2001
Describe measurement process and identify types of error in the measurement process.
2.
Distinguish the techniques to measure and convert the non-electrical quantities into an
electrical signal using different types of sensors and transducers.
3.
Illustrate the purpose and techniques of signal conditioning and convertor (ADC/DAC) in
the measurement system.
4.
Define and identify noise sources and familiarize terms related to noise measurement.
5.
Analyze sensor selection and signal conditioning associated with a particular process
requirement.
147
References
1.
2.
3.
Liptak, B.G. (2003). Instrument Engineers Handbook. 4th Edition. CRC Press.
4.
5.
2.
3.
4.
Analyze discrete-time signals and systems, and their differences with their continuous
counterpart.
5.
148
References
1.
2.
Charles L. Phillips, John M. Parr and Eve A. Riskin. 2008. Signals, Systems and
Transforms Fourth Edition. Pearson Prentice Hall.
3.
Hwei P. Hsu 1995. Schaums Outline of Theory and Problems of Signals and Systems.
McGraw-Hill.
4.
Stuller J.A. 2008. An Introduction to Signals and Systems. Thomson Canada Limited,
Toronto.
5.
Lathi B. P. 2005. Linear Systems and Signals. Oxford University Press Inc, New York.
6.
Haykin S and Van Veen B. 2002. Signal and Systems. Second edition. John Wiley,
New York.
2.
3.
149
4.
References:
1.
2.
3.
Louis E. Frenzel Jr., (2008). Principles of Electronic Communication System 3rd Ed.
McGraw-Hill
4.
5.
2.
Knowledge and understanding of datapath components and applying them into digital
systems.
3.
150
References
1.
Mohamed Khalil Mohd Hani, Staters Guide to Digital System VHDL and Verilog Design,
2nd Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009.
2.
3.
Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamental of Digital Logic with Verilog Design,
3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2009.
4.
John F. Wakerly, Digital Design Principles and Practice, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall,
2000.
5.
Roth & John, Digital System Design using VHDL, 2nd Edition, Mason Thomson, 2007.
2.
3.
4.
5.
151
6.
References
1.
Wilcox, A.D. 1990. Engineering Design for Electrical Engineer. Englewood Cliffs:
Prentice-Hall.
2.
3.
Ulrich, K.. 1995. Product Design and Development. New York: McGraw-Hill.
4.
Villanucci, R.S., Avtgis, A.W. & Megow, W.F. 2002. Electronic Techniques: Shop
5.
6.
Point out the basic structures, operations and applications of thyristors, & understand the
concept and effect of noise in electronic devices.
2.
Describe and apply the theories and functions of various types of operational amplifiers.
152
3.
Differentiate and apply the theories and functions of various types of filters and
oscillators.
4.
Describe and apply the theories and functions of various types of voltage regulators.
References
1.
2.
Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices And Circuit Theory, Ninth
Edition (International Edition), Pearson Education, 2006.
3.
Apply vector concept and capable of solving vector algebra operation, differential and
integral operation in three coordinate systems.
2.
Apply static electromagnetic principle and basic theory in static electromagnetic to solve
related problems.
3.
153
References
1.
Sadiku, M.N.O., 2001, Elements of Electromagnetics, 3rd Ed., Oxford University Press.
2.
Hayt, Jr. W.H., 2001, Engineering Electromagnetics, 6th Ed., McGraw-Hill International
Edition
3.
4.
Rao, N.N., 2000, Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
5.
Early
Learn the principles of, and good practice for measuring parameters using modern
engineering instruments and digital acquisition hardware.
2.
3.
154
References
1.
2.
3.
Louis E. Frenzel Jr. (2008). Principles of Electronic Communication System 3rd Ed.
McGraw-Hill
4.
5.
David M. Pozar, (2004), Microwave Engineering, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Course Synopsis
This course exposes students to the mathematical modelling of physical systems and controller
design & analysis techniques. This course also covers topics such as basic principles of control
system and feedback system and the performance of transfer function, block diagram and
signal flow graph to modelling the physical systems. Students are also required to design and
analyze PID controller. The topics covered would be mathematical modeling of dynamic
systems, transfer function, time response analysis, stability criteria, root locus and frequency
response methods. The course will also provide students with an exposure to basic control
system design using control simulation (Matlab/ SIMULINK)
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
Analyze the feedback control system characteristics which includes stability of transient
response and steady state error.
3.
Perform the graphical (root locus) and sinusoidal tool (bode plot) to analyze the system.
155
4.
Design & analyze the time domain and frequency domain controller.
References
1.
Nise, N. S. (2008). Control Systems Engineering. 5th ed. John Wiley and Sons.
2.
3.
Ogata, K. (2010). Modern Control Engineering. 5th ed. Pearson Education International,
Inc.
4.
5.
Kuo, B. C. 1995. Automatic Control Systems. 7th ed. Prentice-Hall International, Inc.
Prentice-Hall
156
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
Describe and summarize basic principles of analog and digital communication systems.
2.
Design and analyze various types of analog and digital communication generators and
receivers.
3.
References
1.
2.
Lathi, B.P. (2003). Modern Digital and Analog Communications Systems, 3rd Edn.,
Oxford University Press.
3.
Louis E. Frenzel Jr., (2008). Principles of Electronic Communication Systems 3rd Ed.
McGraw-Hill
4.
5.
Carlson A.B., Crilly P.B., Rutledge J.C., (2002), Communication Systems. 4th Edn.,
New York: McGraw-Hill.
6.
Couch, Leon W. (2001). Digital and Analog Communication Systems, 6th Edn., New
Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
157
Course Synopsis
This course covers operation, performance and analytical technique in electrical power
generation, transmission and distribution. The covered topics are introduction to alternative
energy sources, complex power, phasors, correction power factor, per-unit system, power
quality and utilization, power transformer and generator, modeling of short, medium and long
transmission lines and designing a protection system. Power system in military applications will
be discussed and site visit for students will be conducted at the end of the course. Students will
also be exposed to the real application of power systems during the site visit. For example, the
application of the generator set, power transformer, and power control system.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
Analyze various types of transformers and understand power concept, power factor, 3phase system, per-unit calculation, and concepts of power systems network.
2.
Explain four basic transmission-line parameters, analyze the performance of singlephase and balanced three-phase transmission lines under normal steady-state operating
conditions.
3.
Explain the theory of protection devices and protection design from the device
application standpoint.
4.
References
1.
Hadi Saadat, Power System Analysis, 2nd Edition (International Edition), Mc-Graw Hill,
2004.
2.
3.
John J. Grainger, Power System Analysis, International Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 1994
158
4.
B. M. Weedy, B. J. Cory, Electric Power Systems, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
Singapore, 1998
5.
6.
Course Synopsis
Industrial training exposed the students to the real work setting in various industries or military
units for 10 weeks. The students are placed in industries or military units that best suit their area
of studies. It is an experimental learning that requires the students to learn the process and able
to apply their knowledge acquired in actual industrial setting. The knowledge acquire during
practical training may be used may be used later in final year class as well as to equip them with
sufficient knowledge for their job.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
3.
References
1.
Undergraduate Handbook
2.
159
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
Eisner, Essentials of Project & Systems Engineering Management, 3rd ed, Wiley, 2008.
3.
4.
5.
Cleland, Project Management: Strategic Design and Implementation, 5th ed., McGrawHill, 2007.
6.
160
2.
3.
4.
Adopt and adapt existing and new engineering technologies for the betterment of
humankinds.
5.
References
1.
161
2.
Discover the requirement and the issues of safety, impact of law, standards and
regulations.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
Ralph M. Ford, Chris S. Coulston (2008). Design for Electrical and Computer Engineers.
McGraw-Hill International.
4.
5.
6.
162
7.
2.
3.
4.
Adopt and adapt existing and new engineering technologies for the betterment of
humankinds.
5.
References
1.
163
Solve problems involving the equilibrium of bodies, particle, resultant and resolution of
forces.
2.
3.
4.
Apply Newton Law, impulse-momentum and work energy equations to solve problems
involving motions of particle.
References
1.
Meriam J.L. and L. G. Kraige (1996). Engineering Mechanics, Vol 1: Statics, 4th Ed.
Canada: John Wiley & Sons.
2.
Meriam J.L. & L.G. Kraige. (2003). Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics. S.I. Edition. John
Wiley & Sons.
3.
4.
Beer, F P and Johnson, E. R. (1990). Vector Mechanics For Engineers: Static and
Dynamics. Singapore: McGraw Hill.
5.
Hibbeler, R. C. (2007). Engineering Mechanics Statics. 11th Ed. SI. Singapore: Prentice
Hall.
164
6.
Hibbeler, R.C. (2004). Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics. S.I. Edition. Third Edition.
Singapore: Prentice Hall
Discuss the characteristics of modern electric drive systems for different applications
2.
3.
Appraise the applications of electric drive systems in terms of efficiency and cost
effectiveness.
References
1.
2.
165
2.
3.
Able to draw equivalent circuit and do the analysis on the selected electric machines
4.
Able to relate the concept of selected electric machines to real world or military
application.
References
1.
2.
P. C. Sen, Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley and Sons, 1996
3.
4.
5.
166
Conduct fault calculation due to various faults in power system and the relevan
protection system.
2.
Utilize the Newton Raphson and Fast Decoupled Load Flow methods to calculate the
state variables in a power system.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
A.J. Wood, B.F. Wollenberg, Power Generation, Operation and Control, John Wiley &
Sons, 2002.
3.
B.M. Weedy, B. J. Cory, Electric Power Systems, 4th edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
167
2.
3.
References
1.
M. Khalifa, High-Voltage Engineering: Theory and Practice, Marcel Dekker Inc, New
York, 1990, ISBN: 0-824-78128-7.
2.
3.
4.
5.
168
6.
D.P. Kothari, Modern Power System Analysis, 1st Edition, 2008, ISBN-13
9780073404554, McGraw-Hill, USA.
2.
Explain the single-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers and three- phase rectifiers
- controlled and uncontrolled.
3.
Analyze the basic circuit topology of non-isolated and isolated types for DC-DC
converter.
4.
5.
Relate the concept of selected power electronics system to real world or military
application.
and
References
1.
Rashid, M.H., Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices & Applications, 3rd Edition 2004,
Prentice Hall.
2.
169
3.
M.D. Singh and K.B. Khanchandani, Power Electronics, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill.
4.
5.
6.
170
2.
3.
Analyse the electricity market and investment in generation of electrical energy and
transmission network.
References
1.
2.
Steven Stoft, Power System Economics: Designing Markets for Electricity, WileyInterscience, 2002.
171
Explain the state space variable and state space modeling of dynamic system.
2.
Analyze the stability and transient response of a control system using z-transform.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
Nise, N. S., Control Systems Engineering. 5th ed. John Wiley and Sons, 2008.
4.
Franklin G.F., Powell J.D. and Emani-Naeni A, Feedback Control Systems, 3rd ed.,
Addison-Wesley, 1994.
5.
Ogata, K., Modern Control Engineering (4th Edition), Pearson Education International,
Inc, 2002.
Prentice-Hall
172
6.
2.
3.
References
1.
G. Boyle, Renewable Energy: Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford University Press,
United Kingdom, 2004.
2.
3.
173
2.
3.
References
1.
K.Y. Lee and M.A. El-Sharkawi, Modern Heuristic Optimization Techniques: Theory
and Applications to Power Systems, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2008
2.
3.
174
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
A.Kalam and D. P. Kothari, Power System Protection and Communication, New Age
Science, 2009, ISBN: 1-906-57426-X.
3.
P. M. Anderson, Power System Protection, IEEE Computer Society Press, 1999, ISBN:
0-780-33427-2.
4.
5.
A.Christopoulos and A. Wright, Electrical Power System Protection, 2nd edition, Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 1999, ISBN: 0-412-81760-8.
175
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
176
2.
Analyze the earthing, protection and cabling requirement for a distribution installation.
3.
Analyze the major power quality issues and propose appropriate mitigation techniques.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
177
178
Dr Khisbullah Hudha
B.Eng. (Mech). (Institut Teknologi Bandung), MSc. (Eng. Product Design) (Utrecht Polytechnic
the Netherlands/Wolverhampton University, UK), PhD (Auto.) (UTM)
Dr Mohd Zaid Othman
B.Eng (Hons)(Mech) (Liverpool), M.Sc (Eng. Mech.) (Liverpool), PhD (Impact Eng.) (UMIST)
Pensyarah Kanan
Dr Dian Darina Indah binti Hj. Daruis
B.Eng (Hons) (CAD/CAM)(UM), M.Sc (Manufacturing Sys.)(Warwick), PhD (Mech.) (UKM)
Tan Kean Sheng
B.Eng (Mech.) (UPM), M.Sc (Mech.) (UPM)
Lt Kol Abdul Latif B. Taha (B)
B.Sc Engr (RAF College, Cranwell) MSc (Auto. Product Eng.)(Cranfield)
Ir Saiddi Ali Firdaus bin Mohamed Ishak*
B.Eng (Mech. Aero.) (UTM), M.Eng (Mech.) (UTM), P.Eng., MIEM
Pensyarah
Mohd Fazli bin Mohd Yusoff
B.Eng (Hons)(Mechatronic)(UIAM), M.Eng (ANU)
Baizura binti Bohari
B.Eng (Aero) (UPM), M.Sc (Aero Tech) (Sussex)
Leong Kin Yuen
B. Eng (Mechanical) (KUiTTHO), M.Eng (Mechanical) (UM)
Gunasilan A/L Manar
B. Eng (Mech)(UTM), M.Sc (Aerospace Mechanics and Avionics) (ISAE,Toulouse, France)
Raja Norizawati binti Raja Othman
B.Sc (Chemical Eng.) (Syracuse), M.Sc (Chemical Eng.) (UPM)
Zulkiffli bin Abd. Kadir
B. Eng (Mech-Auto.)(UTeM), M. Sc (Vehicle Dynamics)(UTeM)
Nur Akmal binti Haniffah
B.Sc (Mech. Eng.) M.Eng (Mech. Eng.) (Ibaraki, Japan)
Mohamad Faizal bin Abdullah*
B.Eng (Hons) (Mech.), M. Sc (Mech.)(UKM)
179
* Cuti belajar
180
Jumlah keperluan kredit yang perlu dipenuhi untuk bergraduat adalah seperti mana jadual di
bawah dan pengajian yang perlu diikuti adalah lapan (8) semester lazim. Pecahan kursus yang
perlu diambil adalah seperti berikut:
KURSUS
KREDIT
Teras Universiti
12
Teras Fakulti
18
Teras Program
87
Elektif Program
Elektif Universiti
132
COURSE
CREDIT
EEE 1012
EEE 2022
Electronics
EMM 3402
Instrumentations
EMM 4423
Control Engineering
EMD 4713
Capstone Project
EMD 3703
EML 2802
Engineering Laboratories I
EML 2812
Engineering Laboratories II
EML 3822
EML 3832
Engineering Laboratories IV
EMM 1203
EMM 1223
Dynamics
EMM 3233
Mechanics of Machines
181
EMM 3243
Vibration
EMM 2173
Materials Engineering
EMM 2303
Strength of Materials I
EMM 3303
Strength of Materials II
EMM 4433
EMM 2503
Thermodynamics I
EMM 3503
Thermodynamics II
EMM 3512
Heat Transfer
EMM 2603
Fluid Mechanics I
EMM 3603
Fluid Mechanics II
EMM 3315
Industrial Training
EMP 1102
Technical Drawing
EMP 1152
Engineering Drawing
EMP 1111
Workshop Practices
EMP 3113
Manufacturing Technology
EMP 4183
Engineering Management
EMM 4902
Engineers in Society
EMP 4193
Operation Management
EMT 4752
EMT 4754
182
CODE
COURSE
CREDIT
MECHANICAL
EME 4163
Composite Materials
EME 4233
EME 4523
EME 4613
EME 4623
EME 4913
Turbomachinery
Non-Destructive Testing
EME 4923
Tribology
AUTOMATIVE
EME 4243
EME 4323
EME 4533
AERONAUTICAL
EME 4333
EME 4543
Aircraft Propulsion
EME 4633
MARINE TECHNOLOGY
EME 4553
EME 4193
EME 4343
183
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA KEJURUTERAAN MEKANIKAL (ZK08)
SEMESTER 1
Code
ALK 1011/
PLS 1XX1
LAN 1012
Course
Elective
University
Islamic and
Asian
Civilizations
SEMESTER 2
Credit
Prerequisite
Code
ALK 1021/
PLS 1XX1
LAN 1032
Credit
Prerequisite
Elective
University
Ethnic
Relationship
Course
English for
Oral
Communicati
on
Engineering
Mathematics
II
(Differential
Equation
and
Transform)
LEL 1012
English for
Academic
Writing
LEL 1022
EFA 1103
Engineering
Mathematics
I (Calculus
and Linear
Algebra)
EFA 1203
EFC 1103
Computing I
(C & C++)
EMP 1152
Engineering
Drawing
EMP 1102
EMM 1223
Dynamics
EMM 1203
Introduction
to Electrical
Engineering
Technical
EMP 1102
Drawing
Workshop
EMP 1111
Practices
Engineering
EMM 1203 Mechanics
(Statics)
TOTAL
EEE 1012
16
TOTAL
16
184
SEMESTER 3
SEMESTER 4
Code
Course
Credit
Prerequisite
Code
Course
ALK 2011/
PLS 2XX1
Elective University
ALK 2021/
PLS 2XX1
LAN 1042
Acculturation of
Entrepreneurship
EFA 2213
Elective
University
Engineering
Mathematics
IV (Statistics)
EFA 2103
Engineering
Mathematics IIIA
(Complex Variable
and Vector)
EMM 2503
EMM 2173
EMM 2303
EML 2802
Thermodynamics I
Materials
Engineering
Strength of
Materials I
Engineering
Laboratories I
TOTAL
EFC1203
Computing II
(Numerical
Analysis)
Engineering
Laboratories
II
Strength of
Materials II
Credit
Prerequisite
EML 2802
EMM 2303
EML 2812
EMM 2313
EMM 1203
EEE 2022
Electronics
EMM 2603
Fluid
Mechanics I
EMM 1203
17
TOTAL
17
185
SEMESTER 5
SEMESTER 6
Code
Course
Credit
Prerequisite
Code
Course
ALK3011/
PLS3xx1
Elective University
ALK3021/
PLS3xx1
LAN 1022
Malaysian
Nationhood
EML 3832
Elective
University
Engineering
Laboratories
IV
EML 3822
Engineering
Laboratories III
EML 2812
EMM 3413
EMM 3233
Mechanics of
Machines
EMM1223
EMD 3703
EMM 3503
Thermodynamics II
EMM2503
EMP 3113
EMM 3603
Fluid Mechanics II
EMM2603
EMM 3243
EMM 3402
Instrumentation
EMM 3512
TOTAL
16
Control
Engineering
Mechanical
Engineering
Design
Manufacturin
g Technology
Vibration
Heat
Transfer
TOTAL
Credit
Prerequisite
EML 3822
EMM1223
EEE 2022
EFA 1203
EMM 2313
EMP1111
EMM 1223
EMM 3503
17
YEAR 3 (INTER-SESI)
Code
EMM 3315
Course
Industrial
Training
Credit
Prerequisite
TOTAL
4
* EMM3503, EMM3303, EMM3603, EMM3233
186
SEMESTER 7
Code
Course
EMT 4752
EMM 4433
Final Year
Project I
Computer
Aided
Engineering
SEMESTER 8
Credit
Prerequisite
Code
Credit
Prerequisite
**
EMT 4754
Final Year
Project II
EMT4752
EMM4902
Engineers in
Society
Course
EMD 4713
Capstone
Project
EMD
3703
EMP4173
Operation &
Management
EMP4183
Engineering
Management
EME 4XX3
Elective II
EME 4XX3
Elective I
EME 4XX3
Elective III
TOTAL
14
TOTAL
15
** EMD 3703, EMM 3233, EMM 2313, EMM 3503, EMM 3603
187
Understand the basic theories of electric and magnetic circuits, and electric machines.
2.
Apply the above concepts to solve problems on the electric and magnetic circuits, and
electric machines.
3.
Analyze the circuits involving electric and magnetic circuits, and electric machines.
References
1.
2.
Alexander and Sadiku, Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 4th ed. McGraw Hill, 2009.
3.
4.
Robert L. Boylestad, Introductory Circuit Analysis, 8th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2000
5.
A.Hughes, Electric Motors and Drives: Fundamentals, Types and Applications, 3rd
Eition, Newnes, 2005
188
INSTRUMENTATIONS EMM3402
2 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: NIL
Course Synopsis
The course shall cover the essentials and basic theory of instrumentation for undergraduate
students. It will emphasize on the concepts, principles and characteristics of instrumentation
system signal conditioning, transducers and application of strain gauges in load measurements.
At the end of the course, students should be able to acquire knowledge on the fundamentals of
an instrumentation system, relate and describe the operating principle and application of various
transducers that are typically used in industry, design instrumentation system for measuring
load, displacement, temperature and other physical quantities, select suitable instrumentation
components and tools for intended application and solve problems related to basic
instrumentation system.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
Relate and describe the operating principle and application of various transducers that
are typically used in industry.
3.
Design instrumentation system for measuring load, displacement, temperature and other
physical quantities.
4.
References
1.
2.
J.P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, 7th edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.
3.
4.
A.S. Morris, Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall,
1993.
189
ELECTRONICS EEE2022
2 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: EEE1012 - Introduction to Electrical Engineering
Course Synopsis
This is an introduction to Electronics field to Mechanical Engineering based programs. It covers
on fundamental and basic topics in both analog and digital electronics combined with emphasis
towards the applications. This course is divided into 3 parts; namely analogue electronics, digital
electronics and microcontrollers. In analogue electronics, it covers the fundamental properties of
operational amplifier along with its characteristics and applications. In digital electronics, it
covers on the digital devices, its essential features of digital logic circuits and systems used in
applications. The last of this course is devoted to an overview of the basic functions of
microcontroller, including the architectures, applications and assembly language.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
Apply the above concepts to solve problems involving analog and digital circuit, and
microcontroller.
3.
References
1.
2.
3.
190
2.
Build the mathematical model ,block diagram, signal flow graph and its equivalence
transfer function for a given control system.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
R.C Dorf and R.H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, Ninth edition, Prentice Hall 2001.
4.
M.Gopal, Control Systems: Principle and Design, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill, 2003.
191
2.
Generate and evaluate proper solution to the design problem to fulfill the design
specifications.
3.
4.
Design and evaluate a mechanical device using systematic design method and
appropriate tools, as a team.
References
1.
George E. Dieter, 2000, Engineering Design A material and processing approach, 3rd
Edition, McGraw Hill.
2.
David A. Madsen, David P. Madsen, Engineering Drawing and Design, 4th Edition.
192
Determine the internal forces and stresses associated in machine elements due to
external loadings and use the appropriate failure criteria to avoid static and fatigue
failures.
2.
3.
Reference
1.
2.
3.
193
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
194
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
195
2.
3.
References
1.
J.P. Hollman, Experimental Methods for Engineers 7th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2001.
2.
196
2.
3.
Long Module
1.
Explain the theory in relation to the experiment and equipment used in addressing a
given mechanical engineering problems within a given time frame.
2.
3.
197
References
1.
2.
Draw correct free body diagram by clearly showing all associated external forces and
moments.
2.
3.
References
1.
Ferdinand Beer, Jr., E. Russell Johnston, Elliot Eisenberg, David Mazurek, Vector
Mechanics for Engineers, 8th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2006.
2.
198
DYNAMICS EMM1223
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: EMM1203 - Engineering Mechanics (Statics)
Course Synopsis
This course is a continuation of course Statics EMM 1203. It deals with further topics in the field
of Engineering Mechanics, covering the broad subfield of Dynamics. The course covers the
fundamental concepts and principles of kinematics, the geometry of motion and kinetics of
particles and rigid bodies in planar motion. Various methods of velocity and acceleration
analyses will be introduced. The application of Newtons second law of motion, impulsemomentum, and work-energy equations to the analysis of the particle and rigid body motions
will be clearly described. Emphasis will be placed on a strong mastery of the pertinent concepts
of dynamics, since these forms the main basis for machine design.
Course Outcomes
Having successfully completed the course, the students should be able to:
1.
Analyze the displacement, velocity and acceleration of moving particles and rigid bodies
using various methods.
2.
Determine the mass moment of inertia of various geometric shapes of rigid bodies.
3.
References
1.
J. L. Meriam and L. Glenn Kraige, 2003. Engineering Mechanics, Dynamics Fifth Edition,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2.
3.
4.
Andrew Pytel and Jaan Kiusalaas, 2010. Engineering Mechanics Dynamics SI Third
Edition, Cengage Learning.
199
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
A.R Roslan, C.I. Che Abas, A.M. Yunus, Mekanik Mesin: Teori, Contoh Penyelesaian
dan Masalah, 3rd edition, Penerbit UTM, 2001.
200
VIBRATION EMM3243
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: EMM1223 - Dynamics
Course Synopsis
This subject introduces the concept of modeling and analysis of lumped parameter and simple
distributed parameter system, stressing the importance of natural frequencies and mode shape.
The control and suppression of vibrations and/or their effect for simple systems are also
explored. It also covers experimental work in vibration testing and measurements.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
201
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
Budinski, K.G. (2009). Engineering Materials - Properties and Selection (9th Edition).
New York: Prentice Hall.
2.
Callister, W.D. (2007). Materials Science and Engineering, An Introduction (7th Edition).
London: John Wiley and Sons.
3.
Shackelford, J.F. (2008). Introduction to Materials Science for Engineer (7th Edition).
New York: Prentice Hall.
202
Describe basic principles and theories related to various types of loading and
deformation of solids.
2.
Derive equations related to stress, strain and deformation due to various types of
loading.
3.
References
1.
Beer, F.P., Johnston, E.R. and DeWolf, J.T., Mechanics of Materials, 5 th Edition,
Singapore: McGraw-Hill Higher Education.
2.
Hibbeler, R.C. (2008), Mechanics of Material, 7th Edition, Singapore: Prentice Hall.
203
Analysis the stress and strain value for components and structure under loading using
Cartesian coordinates.
2.
Explain the behavior of materials and non-symmetrical bending beam problem, torsion of
non-circular shaft and thermal stress analysis.
3.
Analysis data and plan appropriate solution method to solve problems related to strength of
materials.
4.
Carry out practical work in materials strength, analysis data, write and present reports on
practical works.
References
1.
Gere J.M. & Goodno B.J. (2009). Mechanics of Materials (SI Units 7th Edition). Stamford:
Cengage Learning.
2.
Hibbeler, R.C. (2008). Mechanics of Materials (7th Edition). Singapore: Prentice Hall.
3.
Ugural, A.C. & Fenster, S.K. (2003). Advanced Strength and Applied
Edition). Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall.
4.
George, F.L. & Leonard, S. (2008). Applied Statics and Strength of Materials (5th Edition).
Singapore: Prentice Hall.
Elasticity (4th
204
Formulate the basic equations of finite element method and finite volume method for
simple one- and two-dimensional element models.
2.
Apply the basic finite element analysis and computational fluid mechanics to model and
analyze simple real engineering problems, by hand calculation, and then interpret the
results.
3.
Make use of available finite element and computational fluid dynamics software to solve
real-life engineering problems, especially those of the structural mechanics type, and
correctly interpret the results obtained.
References
1.
2.
Saeed Moaveni, Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Applications with ANSYS, 2nd
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2003.
3.
Ferziger, J. H. and Peric, M., Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics, Springer,
1999.
205
4.
THERMODYNAMICS I EMM2503
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: NIL
Course Synopsis
This course begins with the identification of the unique vocabulary associated with
thermodynamics through the precise definition of basic concepts to form a sound foundation for
the development of the principles of thermodynamics. Students are introduced to the first law of
thermodynamics, energy balances and mechanism of energy transfer to or from a system.
Various forms of energy and energy transfer are considered which a general relation for the
conservation of energy principle or energy balance is developed. Procedures for determining
thermodynamics properties of pure substances from tables of property data are demonstrated.
The general energy balance relation to closed systems is applied which extends the energy
analysis to systems involving mass flow across their boundaries. Students are then introduced
to the second law of thermodynamics and applied it to cycles, cyclic devices and processes
which lead to the definition of entropy.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course student able to:
1.
Understand basic principles, definitions and theories in all topics as given in the lecture
contents and syllabus.
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
206
3.
4.
THERMODYNAMICS II EMM3503
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: EMM 2503 - Thermodynamics I
Course Synopsis
This course is designed to extend the students understanding of the first and second law of
thermodynamics. It illustrates the broad application of the theory to many engineering
applications. It emphasizes the analysis of compression process, energy transfers during power
generation, heating and refrigerating processes.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course student able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
3.
for
Engineering
207
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
J.P.Holman, Heat Transfer, 10th ed., McGraw - Hill, New York, 2009.
3.
Y.A. Cengel, Heat and Mass Transfer, A Practical Approach, Third Edition in SI Units,
McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 2007.
208
Understand basic principles, laws, fluid properties and theories in all topics as given in
the lecture contents and syllabus.
2.
Apply basic formula in fluid mechanics such as Bernoulli equation, Darcy formula,
stability requirements, pressure measurements and required relationship in solving the
engineering problem related in all topics.
3.
Analyze all engineering problems related to fluid as stated in the lecture contents and
syllabus.
References
1.
Yunus A Chengel. & J.M. Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics Fundamental and Applications,
McGraw Hill International Edition, 2nd Edition in SI Units, 2010.
2.
3.
Munson, Young, and Okiishi. 2006. Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics. 5th Ed. Singapore:
John Wiley and Sons.
209
Apply the principles and theories in all topics as given in the lecture contents and
syllabus.
2.
3.
Evaluate engineering problems, basic design of pump and turbine, calculating the flow
resistance and modeling the flow pattern.
References
1.
Munson, Young, and Okiishi, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics. 5th Ed. Singapore: John
Wiley and Sons, 2006.
2.
3.
4.
Yunus A Chengel. & J.M. Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics Fundamental and Applications,
McGraw Hill International Edition, 2nd Edition in SI Units, 2010.
210
2.
References
Nil
211
Apply fundamental knowledge and practices associated with the use of instruments to
produce engineering drawings.
2.
Use sketching techniques that enable quick and concise conveyance of concepts and
graphic information.
3.
4.
Apply the standard and convention to create engineering drawing that can be read and
accurately interpreted by the engineers.
References
1.
Jensen, C., Helsel, J.D. & Short, D.R., Engineering Drawing & Design, 7th Ed., McGrawHill, 2008.
2.
Goetsch, D.L., Chalk, W.S, Nelson, J.A. & Rickman R.L., Technical Drawing and
Engineering Communication, 6th Ed., Delmar Cengage Learning, 2010.
212
3.
Giesecke, Mitchell, Spencer, Hill, Dygdon&Novsk., Technical Drawing. 12th Ed. New
Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2003.
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
Giesecke, Mitchell, Spencer, Hill, Dygdon & Novsk. 2003. Technical Drawing. 12th
Edition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
3.
213
2.
Know workshop safety, bench work and marking techniques, handling machine tools,
joining, hot and cold working processes.
3.
Able to translate engineering drawing into product by using turning, milling, welding and
sheet metal equipments.
References
1.
2.
Materials and Process in Manufacturing, 10th Ed., Degarmo, Black and Kohser. John
Wiley, 2007.
3.
214
2.
3.
Select the right manufacturing processes based on product specification and compare
the advantages and limitations of the selected manufacturing processes.
References
1.
2.
3.
Degarmo, E.P. et al. (2003) Materials and processes in manufacturing, 9th edition, John
Wiley.
215
2.
Apply regulation and rules, codes, laws, environment, and standard set by Malaysian
government through BEM or IEM when dealing with their jobs or design.
3.
Investigate related problems pertaining of BEM requirement and evaluate the outcome.
References
1.
2.
3.
Engineering Ethics 3rd edition, Charles B. Fledderman, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008.
216
4.
Factories and Machinery Acts with Regulation, MCD Publisher Sdn. Bhd. 1997.
Apply the theory of management during planning, organizing, leading and control
applications.
2.
3.
References
1.
Robbins, S. and Coutler, M (2005), Management, 8th Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall,
New Jersey
217
Acquire knowledge and understand the underlying principle and concept of Operation
Management.
2.
Able to apply analytical tools to recognize, formulate, analyze and solve operations
management problems.
3.
References
1.
2.
Robbins, S and Coulter, M (2005), Management, 8th Edition, Pearson PrenticeHall, New
Jersey.
218
Define and identify the problems and evaluate the relevance and quality of information
and data from related literatures.
2.
3.
Manage and conduct project tasks with minimum supervision and professional ethics.
4.
References
1.
219
2.
3.
Manage and conduct project tasks with minimum supervision and professional ethics.
4.
References
1.
220
Explain the different types of materials and production methods used to form polymer
based composites.
2.
Apply the main basic properties of a lamina (ply) of composite materials using the Rule of
Mixture method.
3.
4.
References
1.
Jones, R.M., 1999, Mechanics of Composite Materials, 2nd Edition, Taylor &Francis.
221
2.
3.
4.
References
1.
Uicker, Jr. J.J., et.al. Theory of Machines and Mechanism, 3rd. Edition, Oxford Univ.
Press, 2003.
2.
222
2.
Apply the formula and using related tools to determine the comfort and optimize design
for air-conditioning system.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
Arora C.P, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.
3.
4.
223
Apply the principles/theories in all topics as given in the lecture contents and syllabus
regarding hydraulics and pneumatics fluid power system and its components.
2.
3.
References
1.
Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power with applications. 4th edition, Prentice-Hall International,
Inc.1997.
2.
Yahaya Ramli, Sistem Hidraulik dan Pneumatik Nota Kuliah SMJ 4343, UTM Skudai,
Johor Bahru.
3.
4.
224
TURBOMACHINERY EME4623
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: NIL
Course Synopsis
Turbomachines are devices in which energy is transferred either to, or from a continuously
flowing fluid by the dynamic of one or more moving blade rows. So, main categories of
turbomachine are identified as absorb or produce power to the flowing fluid. Pumps and
compressors are used to give energy/power to incompressible and compressible fluid
respectively. Turbines, on the other hand, absorb power from both incompressible fluid
(hydraulic turbines) and compressible fluid (gas or steam turbines). Pumps, compressors and
turbines were design to handle radial, axial or mixed flow of the fluid. In most applications, such
as jet engine, compressor and turbine were attached together on the same shaft. This is due to
the almost infinite range of service requirements which needs to provide optimum conditions of
operation.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
Apply principles/theories in all topics as given in the lecture contents and syllabus
regarding hydraulic and compressible fluid flow machines.
2.
Formulate the engineering problems related to turbo machines using Mollier chart.
3.
4.
References
1.
2.
S.L. Dixon, Fluid Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery, Elsevier, 5th Edition.
3.
4.
225
2.
3.
Analyze the engineering problem and select the appropriate NDT techniques. Interpret
result of NDT for any defect in engineering componnets.
References
1.
2.
Bray, D.E. and R.K. Stanley, 1997, Nondestructive Evaluation: A Tool for Design,
Manufacturing and Service; CRC Press, 1996.
3.
226
4.
TRIBOLOGY EME4923
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: NIL
Course Synopsis
This subject emphasizes the fundamental of tribology knowledge in engineering applications.
The main topics of this subject are lubrication, lubricant, wear and friction. Simple tribology
analysis such as wear and friction are also included in this subject.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
3.
References
1.
2.
3.
227
2.
3.
Evaluate the dynamics and handling behaviors of a vehicle using engineering tools.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
228
2.
3.
References
1.
Genta, G., Morello, L. (2009). The Automotive Chassis, Volume 1: Components Design.
Springger.
2.
3.
4.
229
2.
3.
4.
Apply the combustion analysis for an ICE to meet design power, characteristics
requirement and emission regulations.
References
1.
2.
230
: NIL
Course Synopsis
This course introduces students to the overall aircraft system with special emphasis on
mechanical systems such as engine, airframe and structural system. The student is also
required to have a sound knowledge of the other systems such as the electrical, instrument and
electronics system. At the end of the course students will have gained a fundamental
understanding of aircraft system engineering and architecture. They will have developed a
working knowledgebase of internal and external factors related to integrating the aircraft as a
system.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
1.
Understand basic principles and theories in all topics as given in the lecture contents
and syllabus.
2.
Know how to appreciate aircraft flight characteristics in relation to the various aircraft
configuration, design and subsystems.
3.
Able to analyse and solve engineering problems, related to aircraft system and
operation and problemsrelated to the management of aircraft maintenance.
References
1.
Lombardo, David A, Aircraft Systems 2nd Edition. McGraw-Hill, 1998 John Wileyand
Sons.
2.
Ian Moir, Alan Seabridge, Aircraft Systems: mechanical, electrical, and avionics
subsystem integration 3rd Edition John Wiley and Sons 2008.
3.
David Lombardo and David A Lombardo Advanced Aircraft Systems. TAB Practical
Flying Series.
231
Explain the operational behaviour of the major components in aircraft gas turbine
engines and the way the various components interact with each other.
2.
Apply the principle of fluid and thermodynamic to solve problems related to engine
theory, engine performance and gas turbine cycle.
3.
Analyze the performance of gas turbine engine from fluid and thermodynamic principles.
4.
Construct a case study on the aircrafts breakdown due to the failure of the engine.
References
1.
Cohen, H., Rogers, G.F.C and Saravanamuttoo, H.I.H., Gas Turbine Theory, 4th Ed.
Longman Ltd., (1998).
2.
Saeed Farokhi, Aircraft Propulsion, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2009).
3.
4.
Oates, G.C., Aircraft propulsion Systems Technology and Design, AIAA Education
Series, New York, (1989).
232
Explain the principles and theories in all topics relating to Aerodynamics and Flight
Performance.
2.
3.
Investigate or case study on the real situations involving the aerodynamics and flight
performances.
References
1.
Anderson, J.D. (2008), Introduction to Flight, 7th Edition, Singapore: McGraw-Hill Higher
Education.
2.
Dole, C.E. and Lewis, J.E. (2000), Flight Theory and Aerodynamics: A Practical Guide
for Operational Safety, 2nd edition, Singapore: McGraw-Hill Higher Education.
233
Understand the working principle and basic operations of various types of ships
machinery system.
2.
3.
References
1.
D.A Taylor, [2007]. Introduction to Marine Engineering, 2nd Edition, Elsevier Ltd, United
Kingdom.
2.
Anthony F. Molland, [2008]. The Maritime Engineering Reference Book, Elsevier Ltd,
United Kingdom.
234
2.
Apply the ship maintenance concept and procedure to solve the maintenance problem
related to the machinery onboard ship.
3.
Evaluate the maintenance engineering problem using the maintenance analysis tools.
References
1.
2.
R.K Mobley, [2008], Maintenance Engineering Handbook, 7th edition, McGraw-Hill Com.
Inc., USA.
3.
4.
235
2.
3.
Solve engineering problems related to ship hull structure ,ship stability and resistance.
4.
References
1.
Eric Tupper, Introduction to Naval Architecture, Third Edition, The Society of Naval
Architects and Marine Engineers, 1996.
2.
Robert B.Zubaly. Apllied Naval Architecture, Cornell Maritime Press, Inc, Maryland
1996.
236
FAKULTI SAINS
DAN
TEKNOLOGI PERTAHANAN
237
Bismillahirrahmanirrahim
Assalamualaikum w.r.t. w.b.t dan Salam Sejahtera.
Saya mengucapkan tahniah kepada pelajar yang berjaya mendapat tempat di Fakulti
Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan, Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia. Saya berharap para
pelajar berusaha bersungguh-sungguh supaya cemerlang dalam semua bidang yang diceburi
sepanjang pengajian di UPNM.
Kecemerlangan pelajar merupakan fokus utama Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi
Pertahanan, Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia. Atas kesedaran ini maka wajar bagi saya
menyeru semua pihak bekerjasama dan membimbing para pelajar mencapai kejayaan seperti
yang diharapkan. Harapan saya agar para pelajar dapat memanfaatkan peluang yang ada dan
seterusnya dapat memberikan sumbangan yang bermakna kepada agama, bangsa dan negara.
Akhir kata, saya berharap para pelajar dapat mengikuti program yang ditawarkan di
Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan dengan jayanya.
Selamat Maju Jaya.
Sekian.
Prof. Dr Abdul Ghapor Bin Hussin
Dekan
Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia
238
VISI
Mendukung hasrat untuk memartabatkan ilmu dan melahirkan pemimpin yang berteraskan
pendidikan sains dan teknologi pertahanan yang kukuh serta mampu memberi sumbangan
kepada masyarakat dan negara
MISI
Bertekad untuk menjadikan fakulti sebagai rujukan dalam bidang sains dan teknologi
pertahanan melalui program-program pengajian yang mengintegrasi teknologi terkini bagi
menyelesaikan isu-isu semasa dalam menepati keperluan pihak yang berkepentingan serta
releven dengan keperluan masyarakat
OBJEKTIF
a.
Berpengetahuan (Kowledgeable)
Berkemahiran (Competent)
Berkepimpinan (Leadership)
Kreatif (Creative)
Amanah (Trustworth)
MOTO
Inspiring the Innovation of Defence Science and Technology
239
LATAR BELAKANG
FAKULTI SAINS KOMPUTER DAN TEKNOLOGI PERTAHANAN
1.
OBJEKTIF PENUBUHAN
Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan bermatlamat mendukung Visi UPNM untuk
menjadi Institusi Premiar dalam latihan ketenteraan, pendidikan dan penyelidikan.
Fakulti juga membantu Universiti bagi mencapai misi untuk membentuk pemimpin
intelektual berkarektor serta kualiti profesional bagi memenuhi keperluan modal insan
dalam pertahanan negara. Objektif yang digariskan bagi mencapai matlamat tersebut
adalah seperti berikut:
2.
i.
ii.
Melahirkan modal insan yang berkelayakan dalam bidang sains dan teknologi
pertahanan.
iii.
iv.
Menjadi institusi utama dalam menjana ilmu yang berteraskan sains dan
teknologi pertahanan di rantau Asia.
TANGGUNGJAWAB
Antara tanggungjawab fakulti adalah untuk melaksanakan program pengajaran,
pembelajaran, penyelidikan dan inovasi dalam bidang sains dan teknologi pertahanan.
Fakulti juga turut merancang keperluan tenaga pengajar, kemudahan pengajaran,
pembelajaran, penyelidikan dan aktiviti akademik di dalam jabatan-jabatan di fakulti.
Bidang pengajian sains dan teknologi pertahanan akan dibangunkan selaras dengan
perkembangan teknologi terkini. Fakulti akan membangunkan program akademik baharu
dan menyemak kurikulum program yang sedia ada bagi memenuhi modal insan negara
pada masa akan datang.
240
3.
Di samping itu fakulti juga turut membangunkan pusat dan makmal seperti berikut:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
4.
PROGRAM AKADEMIK
Mulai Sesi Akademik 2007/2008, fakulti telah menawarkan 3 program sarjana
muda iaitu program Sarjana Muda Teknologi Maritim, Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer
(Keselamatan Sistem Komputer) dan Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer (Sistem Cerdas).
Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan turut merancang untuk menawarkan program
pengajian di peringkat yang lebih tinggi iaitu program Sarjana Teknologi dan Operasi
Maritim serta program Sarjana Sains Komputer mulai Sesi Akademik di masa akan
datang. Disamping itu fakulti sedang merancang untuk mewujudkan program Sarjana
Muda Sains Pertahanan dan Sains Pembangunan dan Angkasa bagi melengkapkan
peranan fakulti dalam bidang sains dan teknologi pertahanan.
Jangka masa pengajian program Sarjana Muda adalah selama 3 tahun atau 6
semester secara sepenuh masa. Lanjutan tempoh pengajian kepada 4 tahun atau 8
semester adalah tertakluk kepada kelulusan Senat Universiti dan pihak penaja. Kaedah
pengajaran dan pembelajaran kursus meliputi syarahan, tutorial, seminar, latihan amali
di makmal, latihan di simulator, projek penyelidikan dan Latihan Industri.
Penilaian secara berterusan akan dilaksanakan bagi setiap kursus melalui ujian,
kuiz, penulisan dan juga pembentangan yang mana permarkahan tidak melebihi 60%.
Manakala 40% akan diambil kira pada penghujung semester iaitu melalui peperiksaan
akhir. Semua pelajar dikehendaki melengkapkan pengajian mereka sekurang-kurangnya
120 jam kredit dengan Purata Nilai Gred Kumulatif (PNGK) 2.0 ke atas.
Program pengajian yang ditawarkan adalah setara dengan program di IPT
dalam dan luar negara. Program yang ditawarkan di fakulti telah mendapat akreditasi
MQA dan pengiktirafan JPA mulai 22 Julai 2010. Kurikulum yang disediakan
241
5.
PROSPEK KERJAYA
Graduan Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan mempunyai peluang kerjaya
khusus untuk ATM serta dalam sektor perkhidmatan awam terutamanya dalam bidang
sains dan teknologi. Graduan program Sarjana Muda Teknologi Maritim akan mendapat
pendedahan mengendali aset maritim seperti kapal perang, pesawat maritim dan kapal
selam TLDM. Graduan juga layak untuk menyertai TLDM, Agensi Penguatkuasaan
Maritim Malaysia (APMM), Jabatan Laut Malaysia, Jabatan Perikanan dan juga agensiagensi kerajaan atau swasta yang terlibat dalam bidang maritim.
Bagi graduan program Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer mereka berpeluang
berkerja dalam bidang ICT sama ada di agensi kerajaan, swasta atau ATM. Antara
prospek kerjaya ialah :
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
xi.
xii.
Penganalisa Sistem
Penganalisa Perisian
Penganalisa Sistem Cerdas
Pentadbir Sistem
Pentadbir Keselamatan Rangkaian
Penganalisa Sistem Keselamatan
Pereka Bentuk Game
Perunding Keselamatan
Pengurus Projek
Pengaturcara
Pegawai Teknologi Maklumat
Penyelidik
242
6.
243
Pasca Siswazah
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
244
JABATAN SAINS
KOMPUTER
KETUA JABATAN
Dr. Mohd Afizi
Mohd Shukran
PENSYARAH/
TUTOR
JABATAN SAINS
DAN TEKNOLOGI
MARITIM
KETUA JABATAN
Kept. Wan Baderul
Hisan Wan Muda
TLDM
KETUA JABATAN
PENSYARAH/
TUTOR
JURUTEKNIK
KOMPUTER
PEMBANTU
MAKMAL
PUSAT PEMB.
LATIHAN
MARITIM
KETUA
PEGAWAI
OPERASI
Prof Madya Kept.
Zulkifly bin Mat
Radzi TLDM
KETUA
JABATAN
JABATAN
SAINS
PERTAHANAN
PEJABAT AM
PENOLONG
PENDAFTAR
KANAN
KETUA
JABATAN
PENOLONG
PENDAFTAR
(KOSONG)
PENSYARAH
PEGAWAI
PEMBANGUNAN
& LATIHAN
PEGAWAI SAINS
PEMBANTU
MAKMAL
PEMBANTU
TADBIR (P/O)
PEMBANTU
MAKMAL
PEMBANTU AM
PEJABAT /
PEMANDU
245
UNIT AKADEMIK
UNIT SUMBER
MANUSIA
Noorazmah Binti
Aziz
PEMBANTU
TADBIR (P/O)
UNIT
KEWANGAN,
ASET DAN
INVENTORI
KOSONG
(N32/27)
JABATAN
Emelizzah Binti
Maskuri
PEMBANTU
TADBIR (P/O)
(JAB.
TEKNOLOGI
MARITIM)
KOSONG
PEMBANTU
TADBIR (P/O)
(JAB. SAINS
KOMPUTER)
246
Kursus-kursus untuk Program Ijazah Sarjana Muda diklasifikasikan kepada Kursus Teras
Universiti, Elektif Universiti, Teras Fakulti, Elektif Fakulti, Teras Program dan Elektif Program.
Jumlah kredit wajib diambil bergantung kepada keperluan program yang diikuti.
Kursus Teras Universiti merupakan kursus wajib kepada semua pelajar Program Ijazah Sarjana
Muda. Berikut merupakan senarai kursus Teras Universiti yang ditawarkan:
KOD KURSUS
KURSUS
KREDIT
LAN 1012
LAN 1022
Kenegaraan Malaysia
LAN 1032
Hubungan Etnik
LAN 1042
Asas Keusahawanan
LEL 1012
LEL 1022
LFL 1XX2
Bahasa Asing I*
LFL 1XX2
2**
12/14
Hanya untuk pelajar Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan (FSTP) dan
Fakulti Pengajian dan Pengurusan Pertahanan (FPPP) sahaja.
**
Bahasa Asing II adalah untuk pelajar yang telah mengambil Bahasa Asing I
dan tidak wajib untuk tujuan pengijazahan.
247
:-
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini membincangkan tentang tamadun Islam dan tamadun Asia serta sumbangannya
dalam peradaban dunia. Tamadun yang dibincangkan ialah tamadun Islam, tamadun Melayu,
tamadun India dan tamadun Cina. Ia meliputi aspek latar belakang sejarah, kerajaan dan
pentadbiran, kebudayaan dan pencapaian yang dicapai baik dari segi sains dan teknologi
mahupun adat setempat. Para pelajar juga akan diketengahkan dengan isu-isu semasa dan
dialog peradaban sebagai cara bagi menghadapi cabaran peradaban abad ke-21.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Menghuraikan konsep tamadun India dan Cina yang merangkumi pengenalan zamanzaman awal serta masyarakat dan budaya yang terdapat di dalamnya.
5.
Membincangkan dan menganalisis isu-isu yang berkaitan Islam dan Barat serta masa
depan dialog peradaban.
6.
248
Rujukan
1.
Osman Bakar, Azizan Baharuddin dan Zaid Ahmad. (Pytg). (2009). Modul Pengajian
Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Malaya.
2.
Tamadun Islam Tamadun Asia. (2006). Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Malaya.
3.
Azhar Hj Mad. Aros. (2007). Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS). Kertas 1 dan
2. Selangor: Penerbit Oxford Fajar.
4.
Nasrudin Yunos et.al. (2007). Pengajian Islam. Selangor: Penerbit Oxford Fajar.
5.
6.
Identify and summarise the history of nation-building which include the struggle for
independence, political system and societal development in socio-cultural, socio-political
and socio-economical aspects.
2.
Summarise the national policies and the values attached to those policies.
3.
Summarise and distinguish the national constitution as the source of reference for
plotical, economical and social interaction.
UNIVERSITI PERTAHANAN NASIONAL MALAYSIA
249
4.
Demonstrate and apply the spirit of tolerance, cooperation and serving the nation.
References:
1.
Wan Norhasniah Wan Husin, Mohd Ridhuan Tee Abdullah dan Sayuti Abd Ghani.
(2010). Modul Kenegaraan Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti UPNM.
2.
Nazaruddin Haji Mohd Jali. (2003). Malaysian Studies Nationhood and Citizenship.
Kuala Lumpur: Prentice Hall.
3.
Abdul Aziz Bari. (2003). Perlembagaan Malaysia: Asas-asas dan Masalah. Kuala
Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.
4.
Asnarulkhadi Abu Samah & Jayum A. Jawan. (1997). Kenegaraan Malaysia. Serdang:
Penerbit Universiti Putra Malaysia.
2.
3.
250
4.
References :
1.
S Shamsul Amri Baharuddin. (2007). Modul Hubungan Etnik. Shah Alam: Universiti
Teknologi Malaysia, Shah Alam.
2.
Ratnam, K.J. (1965). Communalism and The Political Process in Malaysia. Kuala
Lumpur: University Malaya.
3.
Abraham, C. (2004). The Naked of Social Order and The Roots of Racial Polarisation in
Malaysia. Selangor: Pelanduk Publication.
4.
Cheah Boon Kheng. (1983). Red Star over Malaya, Resistance Social Conflict During
and After The Japanese Occupation, 1941-1946. Singapore: Singapore University
Press.
2.
3.
4.
251
5.
Construct team work in gathering, analysing and reporting on business ideas into proper
planning.
References:
1.
Hisrich, R. D. and Peters, M.P. (2009). Entrepreneurship. New York: Irwin McGraw-Hill.
2.
3.
4.
Hargadon, A. (2003). How Breakthroughs Happen: The Surprising Truth About How
Companies Innovate. Boston: Harvard Business School Publishing.
5.
252
Mengenal pasti kertas cadangan, memorandum, minit mesyuarat dan surat iringan
dengan format yang betul
Identify accurate formats for technical reports and memorandums
2.
Menunjukkan kebolehan menulis agenda dan minit mesyuarat dengan betul dan
menyertai mock meeting sebagai ahli mesyuarat
Demonstrate the ability to write appropriate agendas and minutes of meeting and
participate willingly in mock meetings
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Mohd Amzari Mat Rani, Aveleena Afzan Hassan and Asniah Alias. (2009). English for
Academic Writing. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
3.
Kahn, J. E., et al. (1993). How to Write and Speak Better. London: The Readers Digest
Association Limited.
4.
Fitzpatrick, Mary. (2005). Engaging Writing: Paragraphs and Essays. New York:
Pearson Education.
5.
Barnard, R. and Zemach, Dorothy E. (2004). Writing for the Real World: An Introduction
to General Writing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
253
2.
Mengenal pasti dan memilih dengan betul speech sound dalam Bahasa Inggeris
Identify and choose the correct speech sound in English
3.
4.
5.
254
Rujukan
References
1.
Erda Wati Bakar, Belinda Marie Balraj and Masdini Harina Ab Manan. (2009). English for
Oral Communication. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Lucas, S.E. (2007). The Art of Public Speaking. Bostan: McGraw Hill.
3.
4.
Young, S.K. and Travis, H.P. (2007). Oral Communication: Skills, Choices and
Consequences. Illinois: Waveland Press, Inc.
5.
KURSUS
Arabic I
LFL 1412
Arabic II*
LFL 1322
Mandarin I
LFL 1422
Mandarin II*
LFL 1332
Japanese I
LFL 1432
Japanese II*
LFL 1342
Russian I
LFL 1442
Russian II*
LFL 1352
French I
LFL 1452
French II*
LFL 1362
Spanish I
LFL 1462
Spanish II*
255
KURSUS
KREDIT
ALK 1021
ALK 2011
ALK 2021
ALK 3011
QKS 3621
JUMLAH
KURSUS
KREDIT
Untuk PALAPES **
Komponen Kesukarelawanan
PLS 1011
PALAPES
PLS 1021
PALAPES
PLS 2011
PALAPES
PLS 2021
PALAPES
PLS 3011
PALAPES
PLS 3021
PALAPES
JUMLAH
256
KOD KURSUS
KURSUS
KREDIT
Untuk Awam***
Komponen Sukan
QKS 1002
Tenis
QKS 1102
Hoki
QKS 1202
Futsal
QKS 1302
Silat Seni
QKS 1402
Ragbi
QKS 1502
Bola Sepak
QSK 1022
Pengurusan Sukan
QSK 2012
Suaian Fizikal
QSK 2022
Psikologi Sukan
QSK 3012
QSK 3022
Pengucapan Awam
QKP 1102
Pengacara Majlis
QKP 1202
Asas Kewartawanan
Komponen Kebudayaan
QKB 1002
QKB 1402
Seni Tari
QKB 1502
Teater
Komponen Kesukarelawanan
QKL 1002
Asas Kesukarelawanan
Komponen Keusahawanan
QKE 1102
Latihan Keusahawanan
257
Asas Fotografi
Baktisiswa
2
JUMLAH
258
259
Pembantu Makmal
Mohd Shah bin Mohd Zain
Md Hafize bin Md Eusoff
Mohd Nazir bin Awang Mat
Mohd Zairi bin Kamarudin
Juruteknik Komputer
Mohd Rasidi bin Sarbani
Mohd Zairi bin Jolkifli
Pembantu Tadbir (P/O)
Salina binti Mat Nasib
Noorazmah binti Aziz
Roslina binti Muda
Ernelizzah binti Maskuri
Jurumudi
Zulkefli bin Zainal
Mohd Izzat Farid Syafiq bin Ahmad
Pembantu Am Pejabat
Hairul Nizam bin Mat Sharif
Pemandu
Afizal bin Mohamad Adnan
260
261
262
263
2.
Matlamat:
Matlamat program Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer adalah untuk melahirkan graduan yang
mempunyai kepimpinan intelektual yang berkarektor di bidang Sains Komputer.
Objektif:
Objektif program Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer adalah:
i.
Berfungsi secara berkesan dalam kerangka intelektual dan profesional di universiti yang
menjalani program pendidikan dan latihan yang mempunyai falsafah dan misi daripada
perspektif pertahanan negara;
ii.
iii.
Memahami etika dan profesional, kemajuan teknologi dan teori, piawaian dan amalan,
serta kekuatan dan kelemahan yang berkaitan dengan disiplin;
iv.
v.
Mempunyai pendedahan kepada teori yang mendasari disiplin untuk mendalami isu
intelektual dan abstrak yang mencabar penyelidik di masa hadapan.
264
PEO 2
PEO 3
PLO 2
PLO 3
PLO 4
PLO 5
PLO 6
265
PLO 7
PLO 8
PLO 9
266
KREDIT
Teras Universiti
14
Elektif Universiti
Teras Jabatan
33
Teras Program
40
Latihan Industri
12
Elektif Program
15
120
KURSUS TERAS
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA SAINS KOMPUTER (SISTEM CERDAS) (ZC20)
KURSUS TERAS JABATAN
Kursus-kursus teras jabatan adalah wajib diambil oleh semua pelajar
KOD KURSUS
KREDIT
TSK 1103
Object-Oriented Programming
TSK 1113
TSK 1123
Database Systems
TSK 1133
Fundamentals of Programming
TSK 1223
TSK 1233
TSK 2113
Computer Networks
TSK 2123
Operating Systems
267
TSK 2143
Data Structures
TSK 2213
Software Engineering
TSK 1143
Statistics
KOD KURSUS
KREDIT
TSK 1203
TSK 2203
Artificial Intelligence
TSK 2223
TSK 2234
Group Project
TSK 3216
Project
TSK 3223
TSI 2243
Neural Network
TSI 2253
Intelligent Agents
TSI 3113
Expert Systems
TSI 3253
Fuzzy Logic
TSI 3263
Data Mining
TSI 3283
KOD KURSUS
TSK310C
KREDIT
Latihan Industri
12
268
KURSUS ELEKTIF
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA SAINS KOMPUTER (SISTEM CERDAS) (ZC20)
KOD KURSUS
KREDIT
TSI 2323
Machine Learning
TSI 3273
TSI 3293
Game Theory
TSK 2103
Operational Research
TSK 3253
TSS 3223
TSS 3233
Ethical Hacker
TSS 3293
269
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA SAINS KOMPUTER (SISTEM CERDAS) (ZC20)
TAHUN PERTAMA
SEMESTER 1
Kod
Kursus
SEMESTER 2
Kredit
Kod
LAN 1012
LAN 1042
LAN 1022
Malaysian Studies
LEL 1012
LFL 1XX2
Foreign Language I
TSK 1103
LAN 1032
Ethnic Relation
TSK 1233
TSK 1123
Database Systems
TSK 1133
TSK 1223
Fundamentals of
Programming
Discrete Mathematics
and Logic
TSK 3223
Kursus
Kredit
Asas Keusahawanan
2
3
3
3
TSK 1143
Statistics
TSK 1203
TSK 1113
Computer Organization
and Architecture
QKX 1xx2
Ko-kurikulum *
ALK 1021/
ALK ** / Palapes ***
PLS 1021
ALK 1011/
PLS 1011
JUMLAH
22 * /
21 ** /
21 ***
21 * /
20 ** /
20 ***
JUMLAH
270
TAHUN KEDUA
SEMESTER 3
Kod
Kursus
SEMESTER 4
Kredit
Kod
Kursus
Kredit
TSI 2253
Intelligent Agents
TSI 3113
Expert Systems
TSI 3263
Data Mining
TSI 2243
Neural Network
TSI 3253
Fuzzy Logic
LEL 1022
TSK 2113
Computer Networks
TSK 2213
Software Engineering
TSK 2123
Operating System
TSK 2203
Artificial Intelligence
TSS 2223
Computer and
Network Security
TSK 2234
Group Project
TSK 2143
Data Structures
TSX XXX3
Elective 1
QKX 1xx2
Ko-kurikulum **
ALK 2021/
PLS 2021
ALK 2011/
PLS 2011
JUMLAH
22 * /
21 ** /
21 ***
22 * /
23 ** /
23 **
JUMLAH
271
TAHUN KETIGA
SEMESTER 5
Kod
TSK
310C
JUMLAH
Kursus
Industrial Training
SEMESTER 6
Kredit
Kod
12
TSI 3283
12
Kursus
Kredit
Digital Image
Processing
TSX XXX3
Elective II
TSX XXX3
Elective III
TSX XXX3
Elective IV
TSX XXX3
Elective V
TSK 3216
Project
PLS 3011
Palapes ***
PLS 3021
Palapes ***
ALK 3011
ALK **
QKS 3621
Tempur Tanpa
Senjata **
JUMLAH
21 * /
23 ** /
23 ***
Nota :
* diambil oleh pelajar awam
** diambil oleh pegawai kadet sahaja
*** diambil oleh pelajar palapes sahaja
272
Memahami dan mengenal pasti konsep asas bahasa pengaturcaraan pada aras tinggi
menggunakan pengaturcaraan berorientasikan objek dengan betul.
Understand and identify basic concepts of a high level programming language using
object oriented programming correctly.
2.
3.
273
4.
Boleh menulis dan mereka bentuk pengaturcaraan secara efektif dan bersesuaian
dalam pengaturcaraan yang berorientasikan objek.
Write and design a programming which maps to object oriented programming correctly
and effectively.
Rujukan
References
1.
Gaddis, Y. (2010). Starting Out with Java: From control structures through Objects:
International Edition. 4th Edition. United States Of America: Addison-Wesley.
2.
3.
Malik, D.S. (2012). Java Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program Design. 5th
Edition, International Edition. United States of America: Course Technology Cengage
Learning.
4.
Sufian Idris, Marini Abu Bakar dan Norleyza Jailani. (2002). OO.Java: Pengaturcaraan
Berorientasikan Objek Menggunakan Java. Kuala Lumpur: Prentice Hall.
5.
274
Memahami seni bina mesin ringkas dan komputer yang berasaskan set arahan RISC.
Understands simple machine architecture and the reduced instruction set computers
(RISC).
2.
3.
Memahami aliran data asas melalui CPU (pengantaramukaan, bas kawalan logik dan
komunikasi dalaman).
Understands basic data flow through the CPU (interfacing, bus control logic, and internal
communications).
4.
Memahami sistem nombor, aritmetik, set arahan, mod alamat dan data/ format arahan.
Understands number systems, arithmetic, instruction sets, addressing modes, and
data/instruction formats.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Null, L. (2006). The Essentials of Computer Organization and Architecture. 2nd Edition.
MA: Jones & Bartlett Pub.
4.
5.
An
275
2.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Coronel, C., Rob, P. and Morris, S. (2009). Database Systems: Design, Implementation,
and Management. 9th Edition. Thomson Learning.
2.
Connolly, T., Begg, C. and Strachan (2004). Database Systems: A Practical Approach to
Design, Implementation and Management. 4th Edition. Addison-Wesley.
276
3.
Molina, H.G., Ullman, J. D. and Widom, J. (2008). Database Systems: The Complete
Book. 2nd Edition. Prentice Hall.
4.
5.
Date, C.J. (2003). An Introduction to Database System. 8th Edition. Singapore: Addison
Wesley.
2.
3.
277
4.
Menulis dan merekabentuk aturcara yang menggunakan bahasa Java secara betul dan
efektif.
Write and design a program which maps to Java programming correctly and effectively.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Deitel H. M. and Deitel P. J. (2007). Java How to Program. 7th Edition. Prentice Hall.
3.
Hortsmann, C. (2007). Big Java. 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
4.
5.
Malik, D.S. (2009). Java Programming: From Problem Analysis to Programming Design.
5th Edition. Course Technology.
278
Menerangkan jadual kebenaran, konsep kesetaraan logik dan implikasi logik, dan
penggunaan pengkuantiti.
Explain truth tables, the concepts of logical equivalence and logical implication, and the
use of quantifiers.
2.
3.
Menyelesaikan masalah yang melibatkan struktur data diskret seperti set, hubungan dan
fungsi diskret.
Solve problems which involve discrete data structures such as sets, relations and
discrete functions.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Malik, D.S. and Sen, M.K. (2010). Discrete Mathematics: Theory and Applications.
Revised Edition. Singapore: Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd.
4.
Rosen, K.H. (2007). Discrete Mathematics and its Applications. 6th. Edition. New York:
McGraw-Hill, Inc.
5.
Stein, C., Drysdale, R.L. and Bogart, K. (2011). Discrete Mathematics for Computer
Scientists. Massachusetts: Pearson Education, Inc.
279
2.
3.
Melakukan analisis ke atas satu model sistem dan menghasilkan satu keperluan
spesifikasi perisian mengikut piawaian yang diterima pakai.
Undertake a system modeling analysis and write a software requirement specification
according to accepted standards.
4.
Mengenal pasti spesifikasi kehendak, keperluan entiti dan hubungannya melalui proses
pembangunan sistem.
Identify requirements, necessary entities and their relationships, through a process of
system development.
280
5.
bagi
projek
Rujukan
References
1.
Dennis, A., Wixom, B.H and Roth, R.M. (2008). Systems Analysis and Design. 4th
Edition. MA: Wiley.
2.
3.
Shelly, G.B. and Rosenblatt H.J. (2011). Systems Analysis and Design. 9th Edition. MA:
Course Technology.
4.
Whitten, J.L. and Bentley, L.D. (2005). System Analysis and Design Methods. 7th Edition.
McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
5.
Whitten, J.L. and Bentley, L.D. (2006). Introduction to System Analysis and Design.
McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
281
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Kurose, J. F & Ross, K.W. (2012). Computer Networking: A TopDown Approach. 6th
Edition. Addison Wesley.
4.
5.
282
2.
3.
Menjelaskan kepada pengurusan ingatan dan proses yang terlibat dalam sistem operasi.
Explain on memory and process management that involved during the operating system.
4.
5.
283
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Silberschatz, A., Galvin, P.B., and Gagne, G. (2010). Operating System Concepts. 8th
Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
5.
Stalings, W. (2012). Operating Systems, Internal & Design Principles. 7th Edition,
International Edition. Pearson.
284
2.
3.
4.
Memahami kaedah piawai dan alatan dalam membangunkan dan menguruskan system
berasakan computer.
Understand standard methods and tools in developing and managing computer-basedsystem.
Rujukan
References
1.
Gilberg, R.F & Forouzan, B.H. (2004). Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach With C.
2nd Edition. Washington: Thomson Course Technology
2.
3.
Malik, D.S. (2010). C++ Programming: Program Design Including Data Structures.5th
Edition. Washington: Course Technology.
4.
Malik, D.S. (2011). Data Structures Using C++. 2nd Edition. Washington: Course
Technology.
5.
Weiss, M. A. (2006). Data Structure and Algorithm Analysis in C++. 3rd Edition. Boston:
Addison Wesley.
285
The course introduces student with principles and techniques in software engineering that can
be used to build software. The topics include software engineering management, software
processes, software requirements, design architecture, software testing, software cost
estimation, software verification and validation.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students are able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Larman, C. (2007). Applying UML and Patterns. 3rd Edition. Prentice Hall.
3.
Pfleeger, S.L (2006). Software Engineering: Theory and Practice. 3rd Edition. Prentice
Hall.
4.
5.
286
STATISTIK TSK1143
STATISTICS TSK1143
3 Jam Kredit
3 Credit Hours
Sinopsis Kursus
Course Synopsis
Kursus ini meliputi topik-topik daripada jenis data, menerangkan set data grafik dan berangka,
pembolehubah rawak diskrit dan selanjar dan taburan untuk membina selang keyakinan dan
ujian hipotesis. Kursus diteruskan dengan analisis menggunakan ujian khi-kuasa dua.
This course covers topics from type of data, describing data sets graphically and numerically,
discrete and continuous random variables and distributions to building confidence intervals and
hyphothesis testing. The course continues with analysis using chi-squared test.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini, pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students are able to:
1.
Memahami cara untuk menyusun dan menerangkan set data menggunakan trend,
purata dan variasi.Menerangkan jadual kebenaran, konsep kesetaraan logik dan
implikasi logik, dan penggunaan pengkuantiti.
Understand how to organize and describe data sets using trends, averages and
variations.
2.
3.
4.
287
Rujukan
References
1.
Dalgaard, P. (2008). Introductry Statistics with R (Statistics and Computing). 2nd Edition.
Springer.
2.
3.
J. Gravetter, F., B. Wallnau, L. (2012). Statistics for The Behavioral Sciences. 9th Edition.
Wadsworth Publishing.
4.
5.
288
Membangunkan pengetahuan dan pengalaman menggunakan teknologi pelayanpelanggan bagi World Wide Web termasuk HTML, DHTML, XHTML, CSS, JavaScript
dan XML.
Build knowledge and experience using client-side technologies of the World Wide Web
including: HTML, DHTML, XHTML, CSS, JavaScript and XML.
2.
Memahami dan menggunakan asas SQL (Standard Query Language) bersama bahasa
skrip PHP pelayan bagi mengendalikan data keluar masuk dari pangkalan data.
Understand and use basic SQL (Standard Query Language) with PHP server side
scripting language to handle data to and from database.
289
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Quigley, E. and Gargenta, M. (2006). PHP and MySQL by Example. MA: Prentice Hall.
4.
Ullman, L. E. (2011). PHP and MySQL for dynamic Web sites. 4th Edition. Peach Pit
Press.
5.
Welling, L. and Thomson, L. (2003). PHP and MySQL Web Development. 2nd Edition.
USA: Sam's Publishing.
290
The course aims to introduce the principle, methods and techniques used in artificial intelligent
systems. It exposes students to search techniques, logic, knowledge representation and
reasoning, intelligent agents, and machine learning. Programming language such as Prolog and
Matlab will be used in the course in practical sessions and coursework.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
Memperoleh maklumat secara teori bagi memahami ciri-ciri sistem kepintaran buatan.
Gain theoretical knowledge to be able to reason about the behavior of artificial intelligent
system.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Bratko, I. (2000). PROLOG Programming for Artificial Intelligence. 3rd Edition. Singapore:
Addison Wesley.
2.
Luger, G.F, T. (2009). Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for Complex
Problem Solving. 6th Edition. Boston: Pearson Education.
3.
N.P. Padhy. (2007). Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems. United State: Oxford
University Press.
4.
5.
291
2.
3.
4.
292
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Krutz, R, L and Vines, R, D. (2007). The CISSP Prep Guide: Mastering CISSP and CAP.
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
3.
Lehtinen, R, Russell, D and Gangemi G.T. (2006). Computer Security Basics. 2nd
Edition. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly & Associates.
4.
Malaysian Cyberlaws
Communications and Multimedia Act 1998
Computer Crimes Act 1998
Copyright Act 1987
Digital Signature Act 1997
Telemedicine Act 1997
Malaysian Communications and Multimedia Commission Act 1998
5.
Stallings, W. and Brown, L. (2011). Computer Security: Principles and Practice. 2nd
Edition. Prentice Hall.
293
2.
Membangunkan reka bentuk perisian baru atau menaik taraf reka bentuk perisian yang
sedia ada.
Develop new software design or upgrade the existing software design.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Hoffer, J. A., George, J. F., and Valacich, J.S. (2007). Modern Systems Analysis and
Design. 5th Edition. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
3.
Mohd Hazali Mohamed Halip, Nor Asiakin Hasbullah dan Syahaneim Marzukhi. (2011).
Panduan Penulisan Tesis dan Projek Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer. Jabatan Sains
Komputer:Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
4.
Shelly, G. B. and Rosenblatt, H. J. (2011). Systems Analysis and Design. 9th Edition.
Boston: Course Technology, Thomson Learning.
5.
Zarina Shukur. (2007). Menulis Dokumen Projek Perisian Untuk Siswazah. Selangor:
Kumpulan Sains Pengaturcaraan, UKM.
294
PROJEK TSK3216
PROJECT TSK3216
6 Jam Kredit
6 Credit Hours
Pra-Syarat
: Latihan Industri TSK 310C
Pre-Requisite : Industrial Training TSK 310C
Sinopsis Kursus
Course Synopsis
Projek tahun akhir menyediakan peluang kepada pelajar untuk menunjukkan pengetahuan dan
kemahiran yang telah mereka pelajari sepanjang pengajian dalam program Sains Komputer. Ia
menawarkan penglibatan pelajar untuk melaksanakan projek tahun akhir di mana mereka akan
melalui kitar hayat projek perisian lengkap di bawah bimbingan penyelia. Pada akhir semester,
pelajar dikehendaki untuk mengemukakan laporan projek tahun akhir dan membentangankan
projek kepada penyelia dan penilai bagi tujuan penilaian.
The final year project provides the students with the chance to demonstrate the knowledge and
skills they have developed throughout their study in the Computer Science program. It offers
students the opportunity to undertake a significant project in which they will go through a
complete software project life cycle under the guidance of a supervisor. At the end of the
semester, the student is required to submit a final year project report and to give a project
presentation to both the supervisor and the assessors for assessment purpose.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students are able to:
1.
Mengaplikasikan dan menyepadukan teori dan amali yang telah dikaji bagi
menyelesaikan masalah-masalah perisian.
Apply and integrate theory and practical which has been studied to solve the software
problems.
2.
3.
Membangunkan reka bentuk perisian baru atau menaik taraf reka bentuk perisian yang
sedia ada.
Develop new software design or upgrade the existing software design
295
Rujukan
References
1.
Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan. (2009). Panduan Penulisan Tesis dan Projek
Penyelidikan Sarjana Muda. Kuala Lumpur: UPNM.
2.
Hoffer, J. A., George, J. F., and Valacich, J.S. (2007). Modern Systems Analysis and
Design. 5th Edition. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
3.
Mohd Hazali Mohamed Halip, Nor Asiakin Hasbullah dan Syahaneim Marzukhi. (2011).
Panduan Penulisan Tesis dan Projek Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer. Jabatan Sains
Komputer:Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
4.
Shelly, G. B. and Rosenblatt, H. J. (2011). Systems Analysis and Design. 9th Edition.
Boston: Course Technology, Thomson Learning.
5.
Zarina Shukur. (2007). Menulis Dokumen Projek Perisian Untuk Siswazah. Selangor:
Kumpulan Sains Pengaturcaraan, UKM.
296
2.
Menerang dan menilai akibat komputeran ke atas individu, organisasi, dan masyarakat.
Describe and evaluate consequences of computing on individuals, organisations, and
society.
Memahami kepentingan organisasi profesional IT dan kod etikanya.
Understand the significance of IT professional organisations and their codes of ethics.
3.
4.
5.
Menganalisis isu yang dibangkitkan oleh perkongsian fail, pelanggaran hak intelek,
jenayah Internet, kecurian identiti, pengawasan pekerja dan kebersendirian.
Analyse issues rose by file sharing, infringement of intellectual property, Internet crime,
identity theft, employee surveillance and privacy.
6.
Bekerja dalam satu kumpulan untuk menyerahkan projek dengan dokumentasi yang
sepatutnya.
Work in a group to deliver project with proper documentation.
Rujukan
References
1.
Baase, S. (2009). A Gift of Fire. 3rd. Edition. New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.
2.
Hester, D.M. and Ford, P.J. (2001). Computer and Ethics in the Cyberage. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
3.
Quinn, M.J. (2012). Ethics for the Information Age. 5th. Edition. Massachusetts: Pearson
International.
4.
297
5.
Tavani, H.T. (2012). Ethics and Technology: Ethical Issues in an Age of Information and
Communication Technology. 4th. Edition. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Memahami konsep dan teknik-teknik rangkaian neural melalui kajian terhadap modelmodel rangkaian neural yang utama.
Understand the concepts and techniques of neural networks through the study of most
important neural network models.
2.
Memperolehi pengetahuan yang cukup secara teori bagi menilai ciri-ciri rangkaian
neural.
Gain sufficient theoretical knowledge to be able to reason about the behavior of neural
networks.
298
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Callan, R. (1999). The Essence of Neural Networks. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
2.
3.
Haykin, S. (2009). Neural Networks and Learning Machines. 3rd Edition. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
4.
5.
Kumar, S. (2010). Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach. 10th Reprint. New Delhi:
Mcgraw Hill.
299
Intelligent agents are software programs that can sense their environment, choose rational
actions based on their percepts, and execute these actions. The course gives a broad
introduction to the new and rapidly expanding field of agent-based computing. It introduces the
key concepts and models of the field: dealing both with the individual agents and with their
interactions.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students are able to:
1.
Menerangkan dan mengenal pasti konsep ejen pintar dan sistem pelbagai agen-agen.
Describe and identify the concept of intelligent agent and multi-agents system.
2.
Menjelaskan dan bandingkan ejen berasaskan sistem dengan aplikasi perisian yang
lain.
Explain and compare agent-based system with other software applications.
3.
Membina dan menghasilkan sistem pintar berasaskan agen bagi permohonan yang
praktikal.
Build and produce an intelligent agent-based system for a practical application.
Rujukan
References
1.
Bui, T. D., Tuong, V. H., Quang T. H. (2008). Intelligent Agents and Multi-Agent
Systems: 11th Pacific Rim International Conference on Multi-Agents. PRIMA 2008,
Hanoi, Vietnam, December 15-16, Proceedings, ISBN: 3540896732, 9783540896739
2.
Dignum, F., Bradshaw, J., Silverman, B. G. and Doesburg, W. V. (2010). Agents for
Games and Simulations: Trends in Techniques, Concepts and Design. Springer.
3.
4.
5.
300
2.
Mengenal pasti kekuatan dan kelemahan aplikasi sistem pakar dalam bidang ilmu yang
lain.
Identify the strengths and weaknesses of expert system applications in other knowledge
fields.
3.
4.
Memohon rangka Sistem Pakar untuk membina suatu aplikasi Sistem Pakar.
Apply Expert System shells to build an Expert System application.
301
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Chappell, L. and Combs, G. (2010). Wireshark Network Analysis: The Official Wireshark
Certified Network Analyst Study Guide. Laura Chappell University.
3.
4.
5.
302
2.
Menganalisis dan menentukan teknik yang sesuai untuk menyelesaikan masalah logic
kabur.
Analyze and dentify appropriate techniques in fuzzy logic problem solving.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Belohlavek, R. and George J. Klir. (2011). Concepts and Fuzzy Logic. The MIT Press.
2.
Ganesh, M. (2006). Introduction to Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic. Prentice-Hall India.
3.
4.
Padhy N. (2006). Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems. 3rd Edition. Oxford
University Press.
5.
Timothy, J. R. (2010). Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications. 3rd Edition. John Wiley
& Sons.
303
Menerangkan dan mengenal pasti konsep asas proses penemuan pengetahuan, prapemprosesan data dan teknik data perlombongan.
Describe and identify basic concepts of a knowledge discovery process, data preprocessing and data mining techniques.
2.
3.
4.
304
Rujukan
References
1.
Han, J. and Kamber, M. (2011). Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques. 3rd Edition.
United States of America: Morgan Kaufmann Publisher.
2.
Georges, J. (2008). Applied Analytics Using SAS Enterprise Miner Course Notes. Cary,
NC: SAS Institute Inc.
3.
Tan, P.N., Steinbach, M. and Kumar, V. (2006). Introduction to Data Mining, Boston:
Pearson Addison-Wesley.
4.
Cerrito, Patricia B. (2007). Introduction to Data Mining Using SAS Enterprise Miner.
Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc.
5.
305
Memahami konsep dan teknik pemprosesan imej digital melalui pembelajaran modelmodel pemprosesan imej utama.
Understand concepts and techniques of digital image processing through the study of
most important digital image models.
2.
Memperoleh maklumat yang cukup secara teori tentang pelbagai teknik analisa imej
digital.
Gain sufficient theoretical knowledge to be able to reason about various technique of
digital image.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Gonzales, R.C., Woods, R.E. and Eddins, S.L. (2009). Digital Image Processing Using
Matlab. 2nd Edition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
2.
Gonzales, R.C. and Woods, R.E. (2010). Digital Image Processing. 3rd Edition. New
Jersey: Prentice Hall.
3.
4.
Norliza, M.N dan Omar, M.R. (2009). Pemprosesan Imej Untuk Pengguna Baru
Menggunakan Matlab. Kuala Lumpur: Universiti Teknologi Malaysia.
5.
306
307
Menggarap asas skil professional hasil pendedahan kepada dunia pekerjaan yang
sebenar.
Get the basic professional skills based from the exposure to the real working
environment
2.
Mempraktik dan mengamalkan segala ilmu yang telah dipelajari, ketika dalam latihan.
Practice and apply all the knowledge that they have learnt, during the training.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Halip M. H. M., Awang N. F., Yahaya Y. H., Khairuddin M. A. and Ghani S. A. (2011)
Panduan Latihan Industri Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer. Jabatan Sains Komputer:
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
308
2.
3.
Mengenal pasti kekuatan dan kelemahan algoritma pembelajaran mesin yang berbeza
(berbanding dengan ciri-ciri domain aplikasi).
Identify the strengths and weaknesses of different machine learning algorithms (relative
to the characteristics of the application domain).
309
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
310
Menjelaskan dan menganalisis struktur sintaksis perkataan dan ayat bahasa tabii.
Explain and analyze syntactical structure of words and sentences of natural languages.
2.
3.
4.
Mengenal pasti isu-isu yang dihadapi dalam pemprosesan bahasa terlebih dahulu
(seperti penterjemahan mesin, perancangan wacana, dll.)
Identify issues encountered in advance language processing (such as machine
translation, discourse planning, etc.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Jurafsky, D. and H. Martin, J. (2008). Speech and Language Processing. 2nd Edition.
Pearson Prentice Hall.
311
5.
2.
3.
312
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Binmore, K. (2007). Game Theory: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford University Press.
2.
3.
Rosenthal, E.C. (2011). The Complete Idiot's Guide to Game Theory. Alpha.
4.
5.
313
Memahami dan mengenal pasti konsep asas objektif, pembolehubah keputusan dan
kekangan dengan betul.
Understand and identify basic concepts of objectives, decision variables and constraints
correctly.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Frederick S.H. and Gerald J.L. (2009). Introduction to Operations Research. 7th Edition.
New York: Mc-Graw Hill
3.
Hamdy, A.T. (2010). Operations Research: An Introduction. 9th Edition. New Jearsey:
Prentice Hall.
4.
5.
Wayne L.W. (2004). Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms. 4th Edition.
California: Duxbury Press.
314
2.
3.
Menyediakan pemahaman tentang polisi keselamatan dan sumber yang terbabit dalam
mengenalpasti rangkaian selamat
Provide understanding on security policy and resources involved in identify secure
network
4.
315
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Krause. M. and Harold, F.T. (2012). Security Handbook of Information Management. 6th
Edition. Auerbach Publications.
4.
5.
Understanding the
316
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
Caswell B., Beale J. and Baker A. (2007). Snort IDS and IPS Toolkit. MA: Syngress.
2.
Fearnow M., Northcutt S., Frederick K. and Cooper M. (2001). Intrusion Signatures and
Analysis. IN: Sams Publishing.
3.
Greg C. and Cox K. J. (2004). Managing Security with Snort and IDS Tools. CA: O'Reilly
Media, Inc.
4.
Northcutt S., and Novak J. (2002). Network Intrusion Detection. 3rd Edition. IN: Sams
Publishing.
5.
Sanders C. (2011). Practical Packet Analysis. 2nd Edition. CA: No Starch Press.
317
Memahami apa yang penggodam beretika boleh dan tidak boleh lakukan dari segi
undang-undang.
Understand what an ethical hacker can and cannot do legally.
2.
3.
4.
318
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Harris, S., Harper, A., Eagle, C. and Ness, J. (2011). Gray Hat Hacking: The Ehical
Hackers Handbook. 3rd Edition. McGraw-Hill/Osborne. New York.
3.
Krutz, R. L. and Vines, R. D. (2008). The CEH Prep Guide: The Comprehensive Guide
to Certified Ethical Hacking. Wiley Publishing, Indiana.
4.
McClure, S., Scambray, J. and Kurtz, G. (2009). Hacking Exposed Network Security
Secrets and Solutions. 6th Edition. McGraw-Hill/Osborne. New York.
5.
Simpson, M. T., (2011). Hands On Ethical Hacking and Network Defense. 2nd Edition.
Course Technology Press.
319
enterprise, handling wireless private information, wireless network security design issues, cost
justification and consideration, standards design issues, implementation plan development,
wireless network security planning techniques, testing techniques, installation and deployment
and management of wireless network security.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Buttyan, L. and Hubaux, J.P. (2007). Security and Cooperation in Wireless Networks.
MA: Cambridge University Press.
2.
Chache, J., Wright, J. and Liu, V. (2010). Hacking Exposed Wireless : Wireless Security
Secrets & Solutions. 2nd Edition. McGraw-Hill Osborne Media.
3.
4.
5.
320
KURSUS
KREDIT
Teras Universiti
14
Elektif Universiti
Teras Jabatan
33
Teras Program
40
Latihan Industri
12
Elektif Program
15
120
KURSUS TERAS
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA SAINS KOMPUTER
(KESELAMATAN SISTEM KOMPUTER) (ZC27)
KURSUS TERAS JABATAN
Kursus-kursus teras jabatan adalah wajib diambil oleh semua pelajar
KOD KURSUS
KREDIT
TSK 1103
Object-Oriented Programming
TSK 1113
TSK 1123
Database Systems
TSK 1133
Fundamentals of Programming
TSK 1223
TSK 1233
321
TSK 2113
Computer Networks
TSK 2123
Operating Systems
TSK 2143
Data Structures
TSK 2213
Software Engineering
TSK 1143
Statistics
KREDIT
TSK 1203
TSK 2203
Artificial Intelligence
TSK 2223
TSK 2234
Group Project
TSK 3216
Project
TSK 3223
TSK 3253
TSS 2233
Digital Forensics
TSS 2313
Cryptography
TSS 3223
TSS 3233
Ethical Hacker
TSS 3243
KOD KURSUS
TSK310C
KREDIT
Latihan Industri
12
322
KREDIT
TSS 3263
TSS 3273
Network Forensics
TSS 3293
TSK 2103
Operational Research
TSI 3263
Data Mining
TSI 2253
Intelligent Agents
TSI 3253
Fuzzy Logic
TSI 3283
323
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA SAINS KOMPUTER (KESELAMATAN SISTEM KOMPUTER)
TAHUN PERTAMA
SEMESTER 1
Kod
Kursus
SEMESTER 2
Kredit
Kod
Kursus
Kredit
LAN 1012
LAN 1042
Asas Keusahawanan
LAN 1022
Malaysian Studies
LEL 1012
LFL 1XX2
Foreign Language I
TSK 1103
Object-Oriented
Programming
LAN 1032
Ethnic Relation
TSK 1233
TSK 1123
Database Systems
TSK 3223
Ethics and
Professionalism in ICT
TSK 1133
Fundamentals of
Programming
TSK 1143
Statistics
TSK 1223
TSK 1203
TSK 1113
Computer Organization
and Architecture
QKX 1xx2
QKX 1xx2
Ko-kurikulum *
ALK 1021/
ALK ** / Palapes ***
PLS 1021
ALK 1011/
PLS 1011
JUMLAH
22 * /
21 ** /
Ko-kurikulum *
21 * /
20 ** /
20 ***
JUMLAH
21 ***
324
TAHUN KEDUA
SEMESTER 3
Kod
Kursus
SEMESTER 4
Kredit
Kod
Kursus
Kredit
LEL 1022
TSS 2313
Cryptography
TSK 2113
Computer Networks
TSS 3253
Information Security
Management
TSK 2213
Software Engineering
TSS 3223
Network Intrusion
Detection System
TSK 2123
Operating System
TSS 3243
Wireless Network
Security
TSK 2203
Artificial Intelligence
TSS 3233
Ethical Hacker
TSS 2223
TSK 2234
Group Project
TSK 2143
Data Structures
TSX XXX3
Elective 1
QKX 1xx2
Ko-kurikulum **
ALK 2021/
PLS 2021
ALK 2011/
PLS 2011
JUMLAH
22 * /
21 ** /
21 ***
4
3
1
22 * /
23 ** /
23 **
JUMLAH
325
TAHUN KETIGA
SEMESTER 5
Kod
TSK
310C
Kursus
Industrial Training
SEMESTER 6
Kredit
12
Kod
Kursus
Kredit
TSS 2233
Digital Forensics
TSX XXX3
Elective II
TSX XXX3
Elective III
TSX XXX3
Elective IV
TSX XXX3
Elective V
TSK 3216
Project
PLS 3011
Palapes ***
PLS 3021
Palapes ***
ALK 3011
ALK **
QKS 3621
1
21 * /
JUMLAH
12
JUMLAH
23 ** /
23 ***
Nota :
* diambil oleh pelajar awam
** diambil oleh pegawai kadet dan pelajar palapes sahaja
*** diambil oleh pegawai kadet dan pelajar palapes sahaja
326
Memahami dan mengenal pasti konsep asas bahasa pengaturcaraan pada aras tinggi
menggunakan pengaturcaraan berorientasikan objek dengan betul.
Understand and identify basic concepts of a high level programming language using
object oriented programming correctly.
2.
3.
327
4.
Boleh menulis dan mereka bentuk pengaturcaraan secara efektif dan bersesuaian
dalam pengaturcaraan yang berorientasikan objek.
Write and design a programming which maps to object oriented programming correctly
and effectively.
Rujukan
References
1.
Gaddis, Y. (2010). Starting Out with Java: From control structures through Objects:
International Edition. 4th Edition. United States Of America: Addison-Wesley.
2.
3.
Malik, D.S. (2012). Java Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program Design. 5th
Edition, International Edition. United States of America: Course Technology Cengage
Learning.
4.
Sufian Idris, Marini Abu Bakar dan Norleyza Jailani. (2002). OO.Java: Pengaturcaraan
Berorientasikan Objek Menggunakan Java. Kuala Lumpur: Prentice Hall.
5.
328
Memahami seni bina mesin ringkas dan komputer yang berasaskan set arahan RISC.
Understands simple machine architecture and the reduced instruction set computers
(RISC).
2.
3.
Memahami aliran data asas melalui CPU (pengantaramukaan, bas kawalan logik dan
komunikasi dalaman).
Understands basic data flow through the CPU (interfacing, bus control logic, and internal
communications).
4.
Memahami sistem nombor, aritmetik, set arahan, mod alamat dan data/ format arahan.
Understands number systems, arithmetic, instruction sets, addressing modes, and
data/instruction formats.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Null, L. (2006). The Essentials of Computer Organization and Architecture. 2nd Edition.
MA: Jones & Bartlett Pub.
4.
An
329
5.
2.
3.
330
Rujukan
References
1.
Coronel, C., Rob, P. and Morris, S. (2009). Database Systems: Design, Implementation,
and Management. 9th Edition. Thomson Learning.
2.
Connolly, T., Begg, C. and Strachan (2004). Database Systems: A Practical Approach to
Design, Implementation and Management. 4th Edition. Addison-Wesley.
3.
Molina, H.G., Ullman, J. D. and Widom, J. (2008). Database Systems: The Complete
Book. 2nd Edition. Prentice Hall.
4.
5.
Date, C.J. (2003). An Introduction to Database System. 8th Edition. Singapore: Addison
Wesley.
331
2.
3.
4.
Menulis dan merekabentuk aturcara yang menggunakan bahasa Java secara betul dan
efektif.
Write and design a program which maps to Java programming correctly and effectively.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Deitel H. M. and Deitel P. J. (2007). Java How to Program. 7th Edition. Prentice Hall.
3.
Hortsmann, C. (2007). Big Java. 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
4.
5.
Malik, D.S. (2009). Java Programming: From Problem Analysis to Programming Design.
5th Edition. Course Technology.
332
Menerangkan jadual kebenaran, konsep kesetaraan logik dan implikasi logik, dan
penggunaan pengkuantiti.
Explain truth tables, the concepts of logical equivalence and logical implication, and the
use of quantifiers.
2.
3.
Menyelesaikan masalah yang melibatkan struktur data diskret seperti set, hubungan dan
fungsi diskret.
Solve problems which involve discrete data structures such as sets, relations and
discrete functions.
4.
333
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Malik, D.S. and Sen, M.K. (2010). Discrete Mathematics: Theory and Applications.
Revised Edition. Singapore: Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd.
4.
Rosen, K.H. (2007). Discrete Mathematics and its Applications. 6th. Edition. New York:
McGraw-Hill, Inc.
5.
Stein, C., Drysdale, R.L. and Bogart, K. (2011). Discrete Mathematics for Computer
Scientists. Massachusetts: Pearson Education, Inc.
334
2.
3.
Melakukan analisis ke atas satu model sistem dan menghasilkan satu keperluan
spesifikasi perisian mengikut piawaian yang diterima pakai.
Undertake a system modeling analysis and write a software requirement specification
according to accepted standards.
4.
Mengenal pasti spesifikasi kehendak, keperluan entiti dan hubungannya melalui proses
pembangunan sistem.
Identify requirements, necessary entities and their relationships, through a process of
system development.
5.
bagi
projek
Rujukan
References
1.
Dennis, A., Wixom, B.H and Roth, R.M. (2008). Systems Analysis and Design. 4th
Edition. MA: Wiley.
2.
3.
Shelly, G.B. and Rosenblatt H.J. (2011). Systems Analysis and Design. 9th Edition. MA:
Course Technology.
4.
Whitten, J.L. and Bentley, L.D. (2005). System Analysis and Design Methods. 7th Edition.
McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
5.
Whitten, J.L. and Bentley, L.D. (2006). Introduction to System Analysis and Design.
McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
335
2.
3.
4.
336
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Kurose, J. F & Ross, K.W. (2012). Computer Networking: A TopDown Approach. 6th
Edition. Addison Wesley.
4.
5.
337
2.
3.
Menjelaskan kepada pengurusan ingatan dan proses yang terlibat dalam sistem operasi.
Explain on memory and process management that involved during the operating system.
4.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Silberschatz, A., Galvin, P.B., and Gagne, G. (2010). Operating System Concepts. 8th
Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
5.
Stalings, W. (2012). Operating Systems, Internal & Design Principles. 7th Edition,
International Edition. Pearson.
338
2.
3.
4.
Memahami kaedah piawai dan alatan dalam membangunkan dan menguruskan system
berasakan computer.
Understand standard methods and tools in developing and managing computer-basedsystem.
Rujukan
References
1.
Gilberg, R.F & Forouzan, B.H. (2004). Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach With C.
2nd Edition. Washington: Thomson Course Technology
339
2.
3.
Malik, D.S. (2010). C++ Programming: Program Design Including Data Structures.5th
Edition. Washington: Course Technology.
4.
Malik, D.S. (2011). Data Structures Using C++. 2nd Edition. Washington: Course
Technology.
5.
Weiss, M. A. (2006). Data Structure and Algorithm Analysis in C++. 3rd Edition. Boston:
Addison Wesley.
2.
340
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Larman, C. (2007). Applying UML and Patterns. 3rd Edition. Prentice Hall.
3.
Pfleeger, S.L (2006). Software Engineering: Theory and Practice. 3rd Edition. Prentice
Hall.
4.
5.
STATISTIK TSK1143
STATISTICS TSK1143
3 Jam Kredit
3 Credit Hours
Sinopsis Kursus
Course Synopsis
Kursus ini meliputi topik-topik daripada jenis data, menerangkan set data grafik dan berangka,
pembolehubah rawak diskrit dan selanjar dan taburan untuk membina selang keyakinan dan
ujian hipotesis. Kursus diteruskan dengan analisis menggunakan ujian khi-kuasa dua.
This course covers topics from type of data, describing data sets graphically and numerically,
discrete and continuous random variables and distributions to building confidence intervals and
hyphothesis testing. The course continues with analysis using chi-squared test.
341
Memahami cara untuk menyusun dan menerangkan set data menggunakan trend,
purata dan variasi.Menerangkan jadual kebenaran, konsep kesetaraan logik dan
implikasi logik, dan penggunaan pengkuantiti.
Understand how to organize and describe data sets using trends, averages and
variations.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Dalgaard, P. (2008). Introductry Statistics with R (Statistics and Computing). 2nd Edition.
Springer.
2.
3.
J. Gravetter, F., B. Wallnau, L. (2012). Statistics for The Behavioral Sciences. 9th Edition.
Wadsworth Publishing.
4.
5.
342
Membangunkan pengetahuan dan pengalaman menggunakan teknologi pelayanpelanggan bagi World Wide Web termasuk HTML, DHTML, XHTML, CSS, JavaScript
dan XML.
Build knowledge and experience using client-side technologies of the World Wide Web
including: HTML, DHTML, XHTML, CSS, JavaScript and XML.
2.
Memahami dan menggunakan asas SQL (Standard Query Language) bersama bahasa
skrip PHP pelayan bagi mengendalikan data keluar masuk dari pangkalan data.
Understand and use basic SQL (Standard Query Language) with PHP server side
scripting language to handle data to and from database.
343
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Quigley, E. and Gargenta, M. (2006). PHP and MySQL by Example. MA: Prentice Hall.
4.
Ullman, L. E. (2011). PHP and MySQL for dynamic Web sites. 4th Edition. Peach Pit
Press.
5.
Welling, L. and Thomson, L. (2003). PHP and MySQL Web Development. 2nd Edition.
USA: Sam's Publishing.
344
The course aims to introduce the principle, methods and techniques used in artificial intelligent
systems. It exposes students to search techniques, logic, knowledge representation and
reasoning, intelligent agents, and machine learning. Programming language such as Prolog and
Matlab will be used in the course in practical sessions and coursework.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
Memperoleh maklumat secara teori bagi memahami ciri-ciri sistem kepintaran buatan.
Gain theoretical knowledge to be able to reason about the behavior of artificial intelligent
system.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Bratko, I. (2000). PROLOG Programming for Artificial Intelligence. 3rd Edition. Singapore:
Addison Wesley.
2.
Luger, G.F, T. (2009). Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for Complex
Problem Solving. 6th Edition. Boston: Pearson Education.
3.
N.P. Padhy. (2007). Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems. United State: Oxford
University Press.
4.
5.
345
2.
3.
4.
346
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Krutz, R, L and Vines, R, D. (2007). The CISSP Prep Guide: Mastering CISSP and CAP.
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
3.
Lehtinen, R, Russell, D and Gangemi G.T. (2006). Computer Security Basics. 2nd
Edition. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly & Associates.
4.
Malaysian Cyberlaws
Communications and Multimedia Act 1998
Computer Crimes Act 1998
Copyright Act 1987
Digital Signature Act 1997
Telemedicine Act 1997
Malaysian Communications and Multimedia Commission Act 1998
5.
Stallings, W. and Brown, L. (2011). Computer Security: Principles and Practice. 2nd
Edition. Prentice Hall.
347
2.
Membangunkan reka bentuk perisian baru atau menaik taraf reka bentuk perisian yang
sedia ada.
Develop new software design or upgrade the existing software design.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Hoffer, J. A., George, J. F., and Valacich, J.S. (2007). Modern Systems Analysis and
Design. 5th Edition. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
3.
Mohd Hazali Mohamed Halip, Nor Asiakin Hasbullah dan Syahaneim Marzukhi. (2011).
Panduan Penulisan Tesis dan Projek Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer. Jabatan Sains
Komputer:Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
4.
Shelly, G. B. and Rosenblatt, H. J. (2011). Systems Analysis and Design. 9th Edition.
Boston: Course Technology, Thomson Learning.
5.
Zarina Shukur. (2007). Menulis Dokumen Projek Perisian Untuk Siswazah. Selangor:
Kumpulan Sains Pengaturcaraan, UKM.
348
PROJEK TSK3216
PROJECT TSK3216
6 Jam Kredit
6 Credit Hours
Pra-Syarat
: Latihan IndustrI TSK 310C
Pre-Requisite : Industrial Training TSK 310C
Sinopsis Kursus
Course Synopsis
Projek tahun akhir menyediakan peluang kepada pelajar untuk menunjukkan pengetahuan dan
kemahiran yang telah mereka pelajari sepanjang pengajian dalam program Sains Komputer. Ia
menawarkan penglibatan pelajar untuk melaksanakan projek tahun akhir di mana mereka akan
melalui kitar hayat projek perisian lengkap di bawah bimbingan penyelia. Pada akhir semester,
pelajar dikehendaki untuk mengemukakan laporan projek tahun akhir dan membentangankan
projek kepada penyelia dan penilai bagi tujuan penilaian.
The final year project provides the students with the chance to demonstrate the knowledge and
skills they have developed throughout their study in the Computer Science program. It offers
students the opportunity to undertake a significant project in which they will go through a
complete software project life cycle under the guidance of a supervisor. At the end of the
semester, the student is required to submit a final year project report and to give a project
presentation to both the supervisor and the assessors for assessment purpose.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students are able to:
1.
Mengaplikasikan dan menyepadukan teori dan amali yang telah dikaji bagi
menyelesaikan masalah-masalah perisian.
Apply and integrate theory and practical which has been studied to solve the software
problems.
2.
3.
Membangunkan reka bentuk perisian baru atau menaik taraf reka bentuk perisian yang
sedia ada.
Develop new software design or upgrade the existing software design
349
Rujukan
References
1.
Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan. (2009). Panduan Penulisan Tesis dan Projek
Penyelidikan Sarjana Muda. Kuala Lumpur: UPNM.
2.
Hoffer, J. A., George, J. F., and Valacich, J.S. (2007). Modern Systems Analysis and
Design. 5th Edition. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
3.
Mohd Hazali Mohamed Halip, Nor Asiakin Hasbullah dan Syahaneim Marzukhi. (2011).
Panduan Penulisan Tesis dan Projek Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer. Jabatan Sains
Komputer:Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
4.
Shelly, G. B. and Rosenblatt, H. J. (2011). Systems Analysis and Design. 9th Edition.
Boston: Course Technology, Thomson Learning.
5.
Zarina Shukur. (2007). Menulis Dokumen Projek Perisian Untuk Siswazah. Selangor:
Kumpulan Sains Pengaturcaraan, UKM.
350
2.
Menerang dan menilai akibat komputeran ke atas individu, organisasi, dan masyarakat.
Describe and evaluate consequences of computing on individuals, organisations, and
society.
Memahami kepentingan organisasi profesional IT dan kod etikanya.
Understand the significance of IT professional organisations and their codes of ethics.
3.
4.
5.
Menganalisis isu yang dibangkitkan oleh perkongsian fail, pelanggaran hak intelek,
jenayah Internet, kecurian identiti, pengawasan pekerja dan kebersendirian.
Analyse issues rose by file sharing, infringement of intellectual property, Internet crime,
identity theft, employee surveillance and privacy.
6.
Bekerja dalam satu kumpulan untuk menyerahkan projek dengan dokumentasi yang
sepatutnya.
Work in a group to deliver project with proper documentation.
Rujukan
References
1.
Baase, S. (2009). A Gift of Fire. 3rd. Edition. New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.
2.
Hester, D.M. and Ford, P.J. (2001). Computer and Ethics in the Cyberage. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
3.
Quinn, M.J. (2012). Ethics for the Information Age. 5th. Edition. Massachusetts: Pearson
International.
4.
351
5.
Tavani, H.T. (2012). Ethics and Technology: Ethical Issues in an Age of Information and
Communication Technology. 4th. Edition. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2.
3.
Menyediakan pemahaman tentang polisi keselamatan dan sumber yang terbabit dalam
mengenalpasti rangkaian selamat
Provide understanding on security policy and resources involved in identify secure
network
4.
352
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Krause, M. and Tipton, H.F. (2012). Security Handbook of Information Management. 6th
Edition. Auerbach Publications.
4.
5.
Understanding the
353
This course takes a detailed, hands-on approach to the investigation of incidents, detection
hacking attacks and extracting evidence to report the crime and conduct audits to prevent future
attacks in which computers or computer technology play a significant role. Students completing
this course will be familiar with the core computer science theory and practical skills necessary
to perform rudimentary computer forensic investigations : discovering data, recovering deleted
data or damaged file information, understand the role of technology in investigating computerbased crime : tracing the originator of defamatory emails to recover signs of fraud, and be
prepared to deal with investigative bodies at elementary level to prosecute the necessary
evidence in the court of law. This course will incorporate significant components of industrial
and technical training, which includes certifications from EC Council.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students are able to:
1.
2.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Bunting S. (2007). EnCase Computer Forensics: The Official EnCE - EnCase Certified
Examiner Study Guide. John Wiley & Sons.
2.
Casey, E., (2009). Handbook of Digital Forensics and Investigation. London, Elsevier
Inc.
3.
4.
5.
Wiles J., Cardwell K. and Reyes A., ScienceDirect (Online service). (2007). The Best
Damn Cybercrime And Digital Forensics Book Period. Syngress.
354
KRIPTOGRAFI TSK2313
CRYPTOGRAPHY TSK2313
3 Jam Kredit
3 Credit Hours
Sinopsis Kursus
Course Synopsis
Kursus kriptografi moden ini akan menekankan definisi formal dan bukti-bukti keselamatan.
Topik teras termasuk skema kunci persendirian dan kunci awam untuk enkripsi dan
pengesahan mesej, fungsi cincangan kriptografi, dan skema pengesahan enkripsi. Disamping
itu, kursus ini mengandungi analisis sifer blok DES, sifer alir RC4 dan protokol keselamatan
seperti SSL.
This is a course in modern cryptography emphasizing formal definitions and proofs of security.
Core topics include private- and public-key schemes for encryption and message authentication,
cryptographic hash functions, and authenticated encryption schemes. Additionally, the course
includes some analysis of the DES block cipher, RC4 stream cipher, and real world security
protocol such as SSL.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
355
Rujukan
References
1.
Kahn, D. (1996). The Codebreakers the Story of Secret Writing. New York: Scribner.
2.
Krutz, R, L and Vines, R, D. (2007). The CISSP Prep Guide: Mastering CISSP and CAP.
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
3.
4.
Stallings, W. (2011). Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice. 5th
Edition. Boston: Prentice Hall.
5.
356
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
Caswell B., Beale J. and Baker A. (2007). Snort IDS and IPS Toolkit. MA: Syngress.
2.
Fearnow M., Northcutt S., Frederick K. and Cooper M. (2001). Intrusion Signatures and
Analysis. IN: Sams Publishing.
3.
Greg C. and Cox K. J. (2004). Managing Security with Snort and IDS Tools. CA: O'Reilly
Media, Inc.
4.
Northcutt S. and Novak J. (2002). Network Intrusion Detection. 3rd Edition. IN: Sams
Publishing.
5.
Sanders C. (2011). Practical Packet Analysis. 2nd Edition. CA: No Starch Press.
357
Memahami apa yang penggodam beretika boleh dan tidak boleh lakukan dari segi
undang-undang.
Understand what an ethical hacker can and cannot do legally.
2.
3.
4.
358
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Harris, S., Harper, A., Eagle, C. and Ness, J. (2011). Gray Hat Hacking: The Ehical
Hackers Handbook. 3rd Edition. McGraw-Hill/Osborne. New York.
3.
Krutz, R. L. and Vines, R. D. (2008). The CEH Prep Guide: The Comprehensive Guide
to Certified Ethical Hacking. Wiley Publishing, Indiana.
4.
McClure, S., Scambray, J. and Kurtz, G. (2009). Hacking Exposed Network Security
Secrets and Solutions. 6th Edition. McGraw-Hill/Osborne. New York.
5.
Simpson, M. T. (2011). Hands On Ethical Hacking and Network Defense. 2nd Edition.
Course Technology Press.
359
enterprise, handling wireless private information, wireless network security design issues, cost
justification and consideration, standards design issues, implementation plan development,
wireless network security planning techniques, testing techniques, installation and deployment
and management of wireless network security.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Buttyan, L. and Hubaux, J.P. (2007). Security and Cooperation in Wireless Networks.
MA: Cambridge University Press.
2.
Chache, J., Wright, J. and Liu, V. (2010). Hacking Exposed Wireless : Wireless Security
Secrets & Solutions. 2nd Edition. McGraw-Hill Osborne Media.
3.
4.
5.
360
361
Menggarap asas skil professional hasil pendedahan kepada dunia pekerjaan yang
sebenar.
Get the basic professional skills based from the exposure to the real working
environment.
2.
Mempraktik dan mengamalkan segala ilmu yang telah dipelajari, ketika dalam latihan.
Practice and apply all the knowledge that they have learnt, during the training.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Halip M. H. M., Awang N. F., Yahaya Y. H., Khairuddin M. A. and Ghani S. A. (2011)
Panduan Latihan Industri Sarjana Muda Sains Komputer. Jabatan Sains Komputer:
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
362
2.
Memahami konsep, jenis dan seni bina tembok api dan RPM.
Understands the concept, types and architecture of firewalls and VPNs.
3.
Mampu untuk merekabentuk dan melaksanakan tembok api mudah dan konfigurasi
RPM .
Design and implement basic firewall and VPN configuration.
363
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Northcutt S., Zeltser L., Winters S., Kent K. and Ritchey R.W. (2005). Inside Network
Perimeter Security. 2nd Edition. IN: Sams Publishing.
2.
Ousley M. R., Bragg R. and Strassberg K. (2003). Network Security: The Complete
Reference. NY: McGraw-Hill Osborne Media.
3.
Stewart J.M. (2010). Network Security, Firewalls and VPNs. MA: Jones & Bartlett
Learning.
4.
Tibbs R. and Oakes E. (2005). Firewall and VPNs: Principles and Practices. NJ: Prentice
Hall.
5.
Whitman M.E, S., Mattord H.J, M. and Green A. (2011). Guide to Firewalls and VPNs,
3rd Edition. KY: Delmar Cengage Learning.
364
2.
Mengenal pasti isu-isu dan aspek yang pelbagai persembahan rangkaian forensik pada
Windows dan Linux.
Identify the issues and numerous aspect of performing Network forensic on Windows
and Linux.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Chappell, L. and Combs, G. (2010). Wireshark Network Analysis: The Official Wireshark
Certified Network Analyst Study Guide. Laura Chappell University.
3.
4.
5.
365
2.
3.
4.
366
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
Krutz, R, L., and Vines, R, D. (2007). The CISSP Prep Guide: Mastering CISSP and
CAP. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley
2.
3.
Piper, F. C., and Murphy, S. (2002). Cryptography: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford:
Oxford University Press
4.
Stallings, W. (2011) Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice. 5th
Edition. Boston: Prentice Hall.
5.
367
This course has been designed to expose students with modelling, solution and analysis of such
optimization problems that are found in various industries and application areas. The use of
optimization is common in computer science especially in artificial intelligence and computer
security. Examples of applications are widely encountered in the transportation and logistics,
manufacturing environments, service operations, product design and development and so forth.
Topics include linear programming, transportation model, network model, project management,
and analytic hierarchy process.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students are able to:
1.
Memahami dan mengenal pasti konsep asas objektif, pembolehubah keputusan dan
kekangan dengan betul.
Understand and identify basic concepts of objectives, decision variables and constraints
correctly.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Frederick S.H. and Gerald J.L. (2009). Introduction to Operations Research. 7th Edition.
New York: Mc-Graw Hill.
368
3.
Hamdy, A.T. (2010). Operations Research: An Introduction, 9th Edition. New Jearsey:
Prentice Hall.
4.
5.
Wayne L.W. (2004). Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms. 4th Edition.
California: Duxbury Press.
Menerangkan dan mengenal pasti konsep asas proses penemuan pengetahuan, prapemprosesan data dan teknik data perlombongan.
Describe and identify basic concepts of a knowledge discovery process, data preprocessing and data mining techniques.
2.
369
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Han, J. and Kamber, M. (2011). Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques. 3rd Edition.
United States of America: Morgan Kaufmann Publisher.
2.
Georges, J. (2008). Applied Analytics Using SAS Enterprise Miner Course Notes. Cary,
NC: SAS Institute Inc.
3.
Tan, PN. Steinbach, M. and Kumar, V. (2006). Introduction to Data Mining. Boston:
Pearson Addison-Wesley.
4.
Cerrito, Patricia B. (2007). Introduction to Data Mining Using SAS Enterprise Miner.
Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc.
5.
370
Menerangkan dan mengenal pasti konsep ejen pintar dan sistem pelbagai agen-agen.
Describe and identify the concept of intelligent agent and multi-agents system.
2.
Menjelaskan dan bandingkan ejen berasaskan sistem dengan aplikasi perisian yang
lain.
Explain and compare agent-based system with other software applications.
3.
Membina dan menghasilkan sistem pintar berasaskan agen bagi permohonan yang
praktikal.
Build and produce an intelligent agent-based system for a practical application.
Rujukan
References
1.
Bui, T. D., Tuong, V. H., Quang T. H. (2008). Intelligent Agents and Multi-Agent
Systems: 11th Pacific Rim International Conference on Multi-Agents. PRIMA 2008,
Hanoi, Vietnam, December 15-16, Proceedings, ISBN: 3540896732, 9783540896739
2.
Dignum, F., Bradshaw, J., Silverman, B. G. and Doesburg, W. V. (2010). Agents for
Games and Simulations: Trends in Techniques, Concepts and Design. Springer.
3.
4.
5.
371
2.
Menganalisis dan menentukan teknik yang sesuai untuk menyelesaikan masalah logic
kabur.
Analyze and dentify appropriate techniques in fuzzy logic problem solving
3.
4.
372
Rujukan
References
1.
Belohlavek, R. and George J. Klir. (2011). Concepts and Fuzzy Logic. The MIT Press.
2.
Ganesh, M. (2006). Introduction to Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic. Prentice-Hall India.
3.
4.
Padhy N. (2006). Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems. 3rd Edition. Oxford
University Press.
5.
Timothy, J. R.(2010). Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications. 3rd Edition. John Wiley
& Sons.
373
Memahami konsep dan teknik pemprosesan imej digital melalui pembelajaran modelmodel pemprosesan imej utama.
Understand concepts and techniques of digital image processing through the study of
most important digital image models.
2.
Memperoleh maklumat yang cukup secara teori tentang pelbagai teknik analisa imej
digital.
Gain sufficient theoretical knowledge to be able to reason about various technique of
digital image.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Gonzales, R.C., Woods, R.E. and Eddins, S.L. (2009). Digital Image Processing Using
Matlab. 2nd Edition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
2.
Gonzales, R.C. and Woods, R.E. (2010). Digital Image Processing. 3rd Edition. New
Jersey: Prentice Hall.
3.
4.
Norliza, M.N dan Omar, M.R. (2009). Pemprosesan Imej Untuk Pengguna Baru
Menggunakan Matlab. Kuala Lumpur: Universiti Teknologi Malaysia.
5.
374
375
376
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
377
PO 5
PO 6
PO 7
PO 8
Menunjukkan profesionalisma, nilai-nilai murni, sikap dan etika yang betul dan
kesedaran mengenai isu-isu alam sekitar.
Demonstrate professionalism, good values, right attitudes and ethics, and
awareness on environmental issues.
PO 9
378
KURSUS
KREDIT
(AWAM)
Teras Universiti
14
Teras Program
70
Elektif Program
30
*Elektif Universiti
120
KREDIT
4
8
2
4
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
2
2
379
TMT 1243
TMT 1353
TMT 2152
TMT 2112
TMT 2113
TMT 2143
TMT 3113
TMT 3153
TMT 3253
TMT 3163
Maritime Communications
Navigation Science I
Navigation Science Laboratory
Astronomical Navigation Laboratory
Astronomical Navigation
Maritime Law and Enforcement
Integrated Logistic System
Naval Architecture
Marine Technology System
Human Resource Management
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
KREDIT
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
380
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA TEKNOLOGI MARITIM (ZG37)
TAHUN PERTAMA
Kod
LAN 1012
LEL 1012
LFL 1XX2
TMT 1113
TMT 1123
TMT 1122
TMT 1132
TMT 1143
TMT 1142
ALK
1011/PLS
1011
QKX 1XX2
SEMESTER 1
Kursus
Islamic and Asian
Civilizations
English for Academic
Writing
Foreign Language I
Technical Mathematics
Basic Electrical
Technology
Basic Electrical
Technology Lab
Computer Application
Seamanship and Ship
Technology
Seamanship and Ship
Technology Lab
Latihan Ketenteraan
Umum***/PALAPES**
Ko-kurikulum*
JUMLAH
SEMESTER 2
Kursus
Kredit
Kod
LAN 1022
LEL 1022
2
3
LAN 1042
LAN 1032
TMT 1223
Basic Electronics
TMT 1222
TMT 1243
TMT 1242
Maritime Communication
Maritime Communication
Lab
TMT 1232
Nautical Law
Latihan Ketenteraan
Umum***/PALAPES**
1
2
22/23*
ALK
1021/PLS
1021
QKX 1XX2
Kredit
Malaysian Studies
Ko-kurikulum*
JUMLAH
2
2
2
2
2
21/22*
381
TAHUN KEDUA
SEMESTER 3
Kod
Kursus
SEMESTER 4
Kredit
TMT 2143
TMT 1353
Navigation Science I
TMT 2152
TMT 3253
TMT 3163
TMT 3113
TMT 3xx3
ALK
2011/PLS
2011
QKX 2XX2
Marine Technology
System
Human Resource
Management
Integrated Logistics
Support
Elektif I
Latihan Ketenteraan
Umum***/ PALAPES**
Ko-kurikulum*
JUMLAH
Kod
TMT
3102
TMT
2113
TMT
2112
Kursus
Kredit
Research Project I
Astronomical Navigation
Astronomical Navigation
Lab
TMT 3xx3
Elektif II
TMT 3xx3
Elektif III
TMT 3xx3
Elektif IV
TMT 3xx3
Elektif V
TMT
2153
Elektif VI
ALK
2021/
PLS 2021
Latihan Ketenteraan
Umum***/ PALAPES**
21/22*
JUMLAH
23/22*
382
TAHUN KETIGA
Kod
TMT
2208
TMT
2204
SEMESTER 5
Kursus
Industrial Training
Industrial Training
Report
Kredit
8
Kod
TMT 3204
ALK 3011
QKS 3621
PLS 3011
PLS 3021
Kod
TMT 3283
TMT 3213
TMT 3133
TMT 3273
TMT 3233
TMT 3293
TMT 3263
TMT xxx3
TMT xxx3
TMT xxx3
TMT 3143
TMT 2153
TMT 3243
Kredit
4
4
TMT 3153
TMT 3xx3
TMT 3xx3
TMT 3xx3
TMT 3243
JUMLAH
SEMESTER 6
Kursus
Research Project II
12
Naval Architecture
Elektif VII
Elektif VIII
Elektif IX
Elektif X
Latihan Ketenteraan
Umum
Tempur Tanpa Senjata
PALAPES
PALAPES
JUMLAH
ELEKTIF
Kursus
Cargo Handling System
Management Theory and Practice
Maritime Warfare Technology I
Integrated Transportation System
Maritime Warfare Technology II
Maritime Economics
Oceanography
Hydrography
Marine Pollution
Marine Environmental Biotechnology
Ship Maintenance System
Navigation Science II
Weapon Electrical and Electronic System
3
3
3
3
3
2***
1**
1**
21/19*
Kredit
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Nota :
* Diambil oleh pelajar awam yang tidak terlibat dengan aktiviti PALAPES sahaja
** Diambil oleh pelajar awam yang terlibat dengan aktiviti PALAPES sahaja
*** Diambil oleh pelajar kadet sahaja
383
384
2.
3.
Melengkapkan laporan latihan industri i.a.w. format dalam 'Buku Panduan Latihan
Industri'.
Compile the industrial training report i.a.w. the format in Buku Panduan Latihan Industri.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Zulkifly Mat Radzi. (2008). Panduan Latihan Industri Sarjana Muda Teknologi Maritim.
Kuala Lumpur: Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia. Tidak diterbitkan.
2.
Zulkifly Mat Radzi. (2009). Panduan menulis thesis fakulti sains dan teknologi
pertahanan. Kuala Lumpur: Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia. Tidak diterbitkan.
3.
4.
Tentera Laut Diraja Malaysia (1997). Perintah Am TLDM. Kuala Lumpur:Markas Tentera
Laut, Kementerian Pertahanan. Tidak diterbitkan.
385
386
2.
3.
Melengkapkan Laporan latihan industri i.a.w. format dalam 'Buku Panduan Latihan
Industri.
Compile the industrial training report i.a.w. the format in Buku Panduan Latihan Industri.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Zulkifly Mat Radzi. (2008). Panduan Latihan Industri Sarjana Muda Teknologi Maritim.
Kuala Lumpur: Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia. Tidak diterbitkan.
2.
Zulkifly Mat Radzi. (2009). Panduan menulis thesis fakulti sains dan teknologi
pertahanan. Kuala Lumpur: Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia. Tidak diterbitkan.
3.
4.
Tentera Laut Diraja Malaysia (1997). Perintah Am TLDM. Kuala Lumpur:Markas Tentera
Laut, Kementerian Pertahanan. Tidak diterbitkan.
387
388
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
Chua, Y.P. (2011). Kaedah dan statistik penyelidikan. Jil.1 Kuala Lumpur: McGraw Hill.
2.
Fraenkel J.R., Wallen, N.E. & Hyun, H.H., (2012). How to design and evaluate research
in education. USA : McGraw Hill.
3.
Jackson. S.L. (2009). Research methods and statistics. A critical thinking approach.
USA: Wadworth, Cengage Learning.
4.
5.
Zulkifly Mat Radzi (2009). Panduan menulis tesis fakulti sains dan teknologi pertahanan.
KL: UPNM.
389
390
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Fraenkel J.R., Wallen, N.E. & Hyun, H.H., (2012). How to design and evaluate
research in education. USA : McGraw Hill.
3.
Jackson. S.L. (2009). Research methods and statistics. A critical thinking approach.
USA: Wadworth, Cengage Learning.
4.
5.
Zulkifly Mat Radzi (2009). Panduan menulis tesis fakulti sains dan teknologi
pertahanan. KL: UPNM.
391
terbitan pertama dan kedua, prinsip-prinsip, konsep, kaedah-kaedah dan teknik-teknik dalam
menyelesaikan persamaan pembezaan biasa. Kursus ini juga akan memperkenalkan teknik
penyelesaian persamaan pembezaan dengan menggunakan kaedah berangka yang melibatkan
kaedah lelaran seperti Kaedah Eulers dan Kaedah Runge-Kutta. Laplace Transform juga diajar
dalam kursus ini sebagai salah satu teknik penyelesaian persamaan pembezaan yang
merangkumi jadual Laplace Transform dan pecahan separa bagi faktor linear, kuadratik dan
trinomial. Di akhir kursus ini, pelajar berupaya menyelesaikan persamaan pembezaan dengan
menggunakan beberapa kaedah termasuklah kaedah berangka dan Laplace Transform.
The aim of this course is to provide comprehensive knowledge on mathematics focusing on the
solutions of differential equations applicable to technical fields. Students will learn ordinary
differential equations of first and second order, its principles, concepts, methods and techniques
of solving ordinary differential equations. This course will also introduce the technique of solving
the differential equations using the numerical methods and solutions which involve iterative
methods like Eulers Method and Runge-Kutta Method. Laplace transform is also included in
this course as part of the differential equation solving techniques which includes the table of
transform and partial fractions of distinct linear, quadratic and trinomial factors. Upon completion
of this course, students should be able to solve the differential equations using various methods
and techniques which include numerical methods and Laplace Transform.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Outcomes
1.
2.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Kuhfittig, P. (2012). Technical Calculus with Analytic Geometry, 5th ed. United States:
Thomson.
2.
Calter, P.A. & Calter, M.A. (2011). Technical Mathematics with Calculus, 6th ed. United
States: Wiley.
392
3.
Ewan, D. et al. (2005). Technical Mathematics with Calculus, 2nd ed. United States:
Prentice Hall.
4.
James, G. (2008). Modern Engineering Mathematics, 4th ed. United States: Pearson
Education.
5.
Salas, S.L. et al. (2007). Calculus: One and Several Variables, 10th ed. United States:
Wiley.
Memperoleh pengetahuan mengenai konsep asas bagi beza keupayaan dan arus.
Acquire the knowledge on the fundamental concept of potential difference and current.
393
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Bird, J. (2010). Electrical and electronic principles and technology. 4th Ed. Oxford:
Newnes
2.
National Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee. (2008). DC theory. 2nd Ed. New
York: Delmar Cengage Learning
3.
Rizzoni. G. & Hartley. T.T. (2007). Principle and application of electrical engineering. 5th
Ed. Boston: McGraw-Hill
4.
Hughes. E. (2002). HUGHES electrical technology. 7th Ed. Harlow: Prentice Hall.
5.
394
induktor (RLC). Para pelajar juga akan memperoleh pengetahuan asas mengenai motor,
penjana dan litar pengubah.
This course will prepare students with fundamental knowledge on electrical technology that can
be applied when serving onboard ship and bases. The students should be able to analyze and
calculate the voltage and current in basic electrical circuits using Ohm Law and Kirchhoff Law.
The students should be able to analyze basic circuit consisting of resistor, inductor and
capacitor (RLC). The students should also acquire knowledge on motors, alternators and
transformer.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcome
Setelah tamat kursus ini, pelajar akan dapat:
Upon completion of this course, students shall be able to:
1.
Memperoleh pengetahuan mengenai konsep asas bagi beza keupayaan dan arus.
Acquire the knowledge on the fundamental concept of potential difference and current.
2.
Menerangkan Hukum Kirchhoff, Hukum Ohm, kuasa magneto motif, kekuatan medan
magnet, fluks dan ketumpatan fluks, Hukum Lenz, operasi pengubah, sistem tiga fasa,
motor, alternator.
Describe Kirchhoff Law, Ohm Law, magneto motive force, magnetic field strength, flux
and flux density, Lenz Law, transformer operation, three phase systems, motors,
alternator.
3.
Menyelesaikan masalah bagi litar asas RLC, litar asas DC, sistem tiga fasa, kelajuan
motor, litar magnet asas dan pengubah.
Provide solution for basic RLC circuits, basic DC circuits, three phase system, motor
speed, basic magnetic circuit and transformer.
4.
Menganalisis
litar
asas
RLC,
motor,
alternator
dan
Analyze basic RLC, motors, alternator and transformer circuits.
litar
pengubah.
Rujukan
References
1.
Bird, J. (2010). Electrical and electronic principles and technology. 4th Ed. Oxford:
Newnes
2.
National Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee. (2008). DC theory. 2nd Ed. New
York: Delmar Cengage Learning
395
3.
Rizzoni. G. & Hartley. T.T. (2007). Principle and application of electrical engineering. 5th
Ed. Boston: McGraw-Hill
4.
Hughes. E. (2002). HUGHES electrical technology. 7th Ed. Harlow: Prentice Hall.
5.
Memahami konsep asas dan fungsi perisian Microsoft Excel, Access and Visual Basics
Uunderstand the basic concepts and functions of Microsoft Excel, Access and Visual
Basics
2.
396
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Shelly, G.B. and Vermaat, M.E. (2010). Microsoft Office 2010: Introductory (Shelly
Cashman Series). Course Technology Cangage Learning.
2.
3.
Deitel, D.A. (2009). Simply Visual Basic 2008: An Application-Driven Tutorial Approach.
3rd Edition. Pearson Education, Inc.
4.
Beskeen, C.D. and Friedrichsen, R. (2008). Microsoft Office 2007 Windows Vista
Edition. Course Technology-Thompson Learning.
8th
397
This course is to provide students with the fundamental knowledge of seamanship, ship
technology and awareness on the safety of life at sea. The goal of this course is to deliver
knowledge and understanding of seamanship, advancement in ship technology, technology on
navigation safety, nuclear, biological, chemical defence and damage control, naval training
technology, ship stability, disaster control, helmsman ship and new technology in survival at
sea. Upon completion of this course, students should be able to comprehend the knowledge of
seamanship and ship technology and their application onboard ship.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Outcomes
Setelah selesai kursus ini, pelajar seharusnya dapat:
Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mengarang esei dan membuat pembentangan mengenai topik yang berkaitan dengan
ilmu pelayaran dan teknologi kapal.
Compose essay and create presentation on seamanship and ship technology related
topics.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Royal Navy. (1995). Guide to ship firefighting BR 4007, London: HMSO, UK.
3.
Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka. (1995). Manual admiralti ilmu kepelautan Jil 1, KL:
Penerbitan DBP.
4.
398
5.
Mack, W. (1991). Naval officer guide, Annapolis Maryland: Naval Institute Press.
2.
Melaksanakan
pemulihan prosedur MOB menggunakan Williamson Turn atau
Anderson Turn.
Initiate the recovery of MOB procedure using Williamson Turn or Anderson Turn.
3.
4.
399
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka. (1995). Manual admiralti ilmu kepelautan Jil 1, KL:
Penerbitan DBP.
4.
5.
Mack, W. (1991). Naval officer guide. Annapolis Maryland: Naval Institute Press.
400
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Floyd, T. L. (2012). Electronic devices. 9th Ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education.
2.
Floyd, T. L. (2008). Digital fundamentals. 10th Ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education.
3.
Boylested & Naeshelsky (2005). Electronic devices and circuit theory. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
4.
5.
Lalond & Ross (1994). Electronic devices and circuits. New York: Delmar Publishers.
401
Memperoleh pengetahuan mengenai konsep asas bagi beza keupayaan dan arus.
Acquire the knowledge on the fundamental concept of potential difference and current.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Floyd, T. L. (2012). Electronic devices. 9th Ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education.
2.
Floyd, T. L. (2008). Digital fundamentals. 10th Ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education.
402
3.
Boylested & Naeshelsky (2005). Electronic devices and circuit theory. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
4.
5.
Lalond & Ross (1994). Electronic devices and circuits. New York: Delmar Publishers.
403
2.
Menggunakan pelbagai pameran visual dan isyarat bunyi yang digunakan oleh kapal
untuk keselamatan pelayaran.
Apply various visual displays and sound signals used by vessels for navigational safety.
Menganalisis dan menyediakan penyelesaian kepada masalah dan cabaran menurut
kaedah-kaedah dan peraturan-peraturan bagi mencegah pelanggaran di laut.
Analyze and provide solutions to problems and challenges in accordance with the rules
and regulations for preventing collisions at sea.
3.
4.
Menilai dan membentangkan penyelesaian kepada kes atau masalah dalam undangundang nautika.
Appraise and present a solution to a case or problem in nautical law.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
IMO, (2003). COLREG International regulations for preventing collision at sea. London:
International Maritime Organization.
2.
Bristol Tutor Group. (2003). A seaman's guide to the rule of the road. Bristol: BTG.
3.
Wright, C.H. (2004).The collision regulations amended Nov 2003: The navigator's guide
to the "rule of the road".UK: Glasgow Brown, Son & Ferguson.
4.
Craig, H. A., (2005). Farwell's rules of the nautical road. Annapolis Maryland: Naval
Institute Press.
5.
U.S Department of Homeland Security. (2007). Navigation rules for international and
inland waters. Washington: Naval Institute Press.
404
6.
2.
3.
405
4.
5.
6.
Manual Admiralti Kepelautan Jil. I. (1995). Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan
Pustaka
1.
Dewan Bahasa Pustaka. (1995). Manual admiralti ilmu kepelautan (Jil 1). Kuala
Lumpur: DBP
406
2.
3.
4.
Royal Malaysian Navy. (1999). Malaysian communication publication (Vol 1-2). Kuala
Lumpur: RMN
5.
6.
Royal Navy. (1996). ACP 129 (B) Visual signalling procedures. UK: RN
Kuala Lumpur:
407
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Karl, J. (2009). Celestial Navigation In The GPS Age. USA : Paradise Cay Publication.
3.
4.
Royal Navy. (1999). Admiralty Manual of Navigation Vol. I, BR 45 (1) London : HMSO.
5.
408
409
2.
3.
Menilai dan menggabungkan senarai altitud dan arah cakerawala yang perlu dipilih bagi
membuat cerapan.
Appraise and compose the list of altitude and bearing of celestial bodies to be
selected for sight.
4.
Mendapatkan penentuan posisi kapal daripada bintang, planet, matahari dan bulan.
Deduce the observed position of the planets, stars, sun and moon.
Rujukan
References
1.
Royal Navy. (2004). Admiralty manual of navigation Vol. II. London: HMSO.
2.
3.
4.
Pusat Hidrografi Negara. (2012). Malaysia tide table Vol I, Kuala Lumpur : PHN.
5.
6.
Karl, J. (2009). Celestial navigation in the GPS age. USA : Paradise Cay Publication.
7.
8.
410
2.
Menunjukkan keupayaan mengira masa matahari terbit dan terbenam, masa bulan
terbit dan terbenam, masa pelbagai fajar dan senja, sudut masa dan arah sebenar
matahari.
Display ability to calculate sunrise, sunset, moonrise, moonset, twilights, hour angles
and sun true bearing
411
3.
4.
5.
Rujukan:
References:
1.
Royal Navy. (2004). Admiralty manual of navigation Vol. II. London: HMSO.
2.
3.
4.
Pusat Hidrografi Negara. (2012). Malaysia tide table Vol I, Kuala Lumpur : PHN.
5.
6.
Karl, J. (2009). Celestial navigation in the GPS age. USA : Paradise Cay Publication.
7.
8.
412
Brownlie, I. (2008). Principles of Public International Law, 7th ed., Oxford: USA.
2.
Churchill, R.R. (1999). The Law of the Sea. 3rd ed., Manchester: UK.
3.
4.
IMO. (1982). United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) 1982. Hague:
IMO
5.
Klein, N. (2011). Maritime Security and the Law of the Sea, Oxford: USA.
6.
Malaysian Government. (2006). Malaysia Baselines of Maritime Zones Act 2006. Kuala
Lumpur: Government Printer
7.
Malaysian Government. (2003). Malaysia Fisheries Act 1985, 1st ed., Kuala Lumpur:
Government Printer
413
8.
9.
10.
Malaysian Government. (2001). Malaysia Environmental Quality Act 1974, 1st ed.,
Kuala Lumpur: Government Printer
11
12.
Malaysian Government. (2006). Malaysia Continental Shelf Act 1966, 1st ed., Kuala
Lumpur: Government Printer
13.
Malaysian
Lumpur:
14.
Government. (1952).
Government Printer
Merchant
Shipping
Ordinance
1952.
Kuala
Kuala
414
Menyediakan pelan pelayaran secara visual dan radar untuk memasuki pelabuhan.
Prepare a radar and visual pilotage plan for entering and leaving harbour.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Karl, J. (2009). Celestial Navigation In The GPS Age. USA : Paradise Cay
Publication.
3..
3.
5.
415
2.
3.
416
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Jones, J.V. (2010).Integrated logistics support handbook. 3rd Ed. New York: Mc
Hill.
4.
5.
Graw-
417
Menerangkan jenis-jenis kapal, kegunaan kapal tersebut, pelbagai bentuk hull dan
faktor- faktor yang mempengaruhi kestabilan kapal.
Describe various types of ships, their purpose, types of hull form, and factors that
affect their stability.
2.
3.
Mengira nilai-nilai tertentu yang berkaitan dengan kestabilan kapal ketika pelbagai jenis
muatan dimasukan ke dalam kapal.
Computes various parameters value related to ships stability under various loading
condition.
4.
Membuat analisis ke atas keperluan operasi sebuah kapal dan seterusnya memberi
cadangan bentuk hull yang bersesuaian bagi memenuhi peranan, kestabilan kapal dan
kuasa gerak kapal.
Analyzes operational requirements and suggest the likely hull form that meets the
roles and stability; and the power requirements.
418
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
Molland, A.F. (2008). The maritime engineering reference book. Oxford: ButterworthHeinemann.
2.
3.
4.
Tupper, E. (1996). Introduction to naval architecture. 3rd Ed. Maryland: The Society
of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers.
5.
419
This subject introduces the principles of operation ship power plant which covers steam plant,
marine diesel plant, marine gas turbine plant, nuclear and diesel electric plant, power
distribution system, reliability and plant overhaul. It also covers ship support system that
comprises of hydraulic system, refrigeration, air conditioning, boiler, evaporator, sanitary and
fire main system. Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to identify the
operations of various power plants and their sub-systems, perform design analysis for various
power plants and auxiliary systems. The student should also be able to construct diagrams of
various power plants including their sub-systems, analysis of power plant size and auxiliary
system based on requirements from ship operation.
Hasil Pembelajaran
Course Learning Outcome
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar berupaya untuk
Upon completion of this course, student should be able to:
1.
Menerangkan prinsip kerja sistem pengerak utama kapal dan sub-sistemnya, sistem
sokongan kapal, sistem penyejuk beku, sistem hawa dingin, sistem penyediaan air
tawar dan sistem kemudi kapal.Pelajar juga harus mengenali sistem pengepam dan
berbagai jenis pam dan injap yang diguna pakai di dalam kapal.
Describe the working principle and basic operation of ships main propulsion system
And its sub-systems, service and support system, refrigeration system, air
conditioning system, fresh
2.
Menerangkan kepentingan sistem penggerak kapal (dan komponennya) serta sistemsistem sokongan lain seperti sistem penyejuk beku, sistem air tawar, sistem hawa
dingin, sistem kemudi kepada pengoperasian sebuah kapal.
Explains the importance of the ships propulsion system and its sub-system, service
And support system, refrigeration system, air conditioning system, fresh water
distribution system, steering gear system and pumping system to the operation of the
ship.
3.
Menghasilkan rajah susun atur sistem-sistem bagi sebuah kapal berdasarkan kepada
maklumat operasi yang dikenal pasti. Sistem-sistem tersebut haruslah merangkumi
sistem penggerak dan lain-lain sistem sokongan kapal.
Produces a simple layout of the systems for a specific ship based on the given
operational parameters. The systems should consist of propulsion system and others
service support system of the ship.
4.
420
Compare and differentiate various ships propulsion system, ships service and
support systems that comprises of generator, refrigeration system, air conditioning
system, fresh water distribution system, steering gear system and pumping system; and
apply the knowledge to select the best system configuration for a specific vessel roles.
5.
Menilai sesuatu sistem kejuruteraan marin kapal dan seterusnya membuat kritikan ke
atas sistem tersebut.
Evaluates a given ship marine engineering system and critic the system.
Rujukan
References
1.
Molland, A.F. (2008). The maritime engineering reference book. Oxford: ButterworthHeinemann.
2.
Grover, T.K. (2007). Basic marine engineering. New Delhi: Anmol Publisher.
3.
4.
Tupper, E. (1996). Introduction to naval architecture. 3rd Ed. Maryland: The Society
of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers.
5.
421
2.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Robbins, S.P. (2011). Management 11th Ed. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
2.
Baron, J.N., & Kreps, D.M. (1999). Strategic human resources: Frameworks for general
managers. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
3.
Royal Malaysian Navy .(n.d.) MBR 1066, RMN divisional officers guide. Lumut: RMN
4.
Noe, R.A. (2012). Fundamentals of human resource management. New York: McGrawHill
5.
Scott, S., & Bohlander, G. (2010). Principles of human resource management. SouthWestern, Cengage Learning.
6.
Malaysian Government. (1972) Armed Forces Act 1972. Kuala Lumpur: Government
Printers.
422
2.
423
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Branch, A. E. (2007), Elements of shipping, 8th Ed. Stanley Thornes Ltd, Cheltenham.
4.
Dong Wook Song. (2012). Maritime logistics: A complete guide to effective shipping
and port management. UK: Amazon.
5.
6.
Khir. (2009). The practitioners definitive: Guide safety & security. Singapore: Strait
Time Press.
424
Mengaplikasikan prinsip dan amali pengurusan sebagai Pegawai Eksekutif Apply the
principles and practices of management in their future job as an Executive Officer.
2.
3.
425
Rujukan
References
1.
Robbins, S.P. (2011). Management 11th Ed. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
2.
Baron, J.N., & Kreps, D.M. (1999). Strategic human resources: Frameworks for general
managers. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
3.
Royal Malaysian Navy .(n.d.) MBR 1066, RMN divisional officers guide. Lumut: RMN
4.
Noe, R.A. (2012). Fundamentals of human resource management. New York: McGrawHill
5.
Scott, S., & Bohlander, G. (2010). Principles of human resource management. SouthWestern, Cengage Learning.
6.
Malaysian Government. (1972) Armed Forces Act 1972. Kuala Lumpur: Government
Printers.
426
3.
4.
Mengambil bahagian dengan efisien dalam satu kumpulan untuk menghasilkan esei
dan pembentangan mengenai topik peperangan atas permukaan.
Participate efficiently in a group to produce essay and presentation on a given above
water warfare topics.
5.
Menilai dan mencadangkan prosedur yang betul dalam masalah peperangan di atas
permukaan di dalam pelbagai senario semasa peperangan table-top.
Appraise and recommend correct procedures in above water warfare problems in
various scenarios during a Table-top war-gaming.
Rujukan
References
1.
Vego, M. (2009). Operational warfare at sea theory and practice, New York:
Routledge.
3.
4.
Royal Malaysian Navy. (2006). RMN. PWO Crib BRL 2021. Lumut: RMN
5.
6.
427
7.
Royal Malaysian Navy. (1997). RMN operational room officers guide (OPSOG), Lumut:
RMN
2.
428
3.
4.
5.
Mengambil bahagian dengan efisien dalam satu kumpulan untuk menghasilkan esei
dan pembentangan mengenai topik peperangan peperangan bawah permukaan.
Participate efficiently in a group to produce essay and presentation on a given under
water warfare topics.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
Royal Malaysian Navy. (2006). RMN PWO cribs BRL 2012. Lumut :RMN
4.
5.
Group.
429
2.
430
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Coyle, J.C., Bardi, J.B. & Novack, R.A. (2006). Management of transportation. 6th Ed.
Mason: South Western Thomson.
3.
4.
Givoni, M. & Banister, D. (2010). Integrated transport: From policy to practice. New
York: Routledge.
5.
Rodrique, J.P., Comtois, C. & Slack, B. (2009). Intermodal transportation. 2nd Ed.
New York: Routledge.
431
This course should provide students with knowledge on concepts, principles of economics and
apply them into the frameworks of maritime economics. The subject will cover the categorization
of the various types of commodities and freight charges and evaluate the shipping market
supply and demand, interpret and analyze the maritime economics growth and determine the
national revenue in maritime sector.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
dalam
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stopford, M. (2009). Maritime economics, 3rd Ed. UK: Taylor & Francis.
5.
432
6.
Talley, W. K. (2012). The blackwell companion to maritime economics. New York: John
Wiley & Sons.
OSEANOGRAFI TMT3263
OCEANOGRAPHY TMT3263
3 Jam Kredit
3 Credit Hours
Pra-Syarat : Tiada
Pre-requisite : Nil
Sinopsis Kursus
Course Synopsis
Kursus ini memberi pengetahuan asas kepada graduan di dalam Oseanografi merangkumi
dasar laut dan lapisan tekton, wilayah marin, sedimen marin, struktur air laut, interaksi udara
dan laut, pergerakan lautan, gelombang, air pasang surut dan tsunami. Di akhir kursus ini
graduan akan dapat memahami pengetahuan asas berkenaan oseanografi, menilai bagaimana
oseanografi mempengaruhi operasi persenjataan dan penderia dasar laut, meramal perubahan
laut dan keadaan cuaca, menginterpretasi data oseanografi dan kesannya kepada operasi
tentera laut.
The aim of this course is to provide students with fundamental knowledge on oceanography
which covers plate tectonics and the ocean floor, marine provinces, marine sediments,
properties of seawater, air-sea interaction, ocean circulation, waves, tides and tsunami. On
completion of this course, students should be able to comprehend fundamental knowledge of
oceanography, assess how oceanographic conditions affects operations of underwater
weapons and sensors, predict the changes in sea and weather conditions, interpret
oceanographic data and their influence on naval operations.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
Canada :
433
5.
Thorpe, S. A. (1996). Oceanography an illustrated guide. New York : John Wiley &
Sons.
6.
434
2.
berpusat
kepada
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Caridis P.A (2009). Inspection, repair and maintenance of ship structures, 2nd Ed.
London:Witherby & Co Ltd.
2.
Blanchard S.B. (2003). Logistics engineering and management 6th Ed. USA: PrenticeHall.
3.
Dhillon. B.S. (2002). Engineering maintenance, a modern approach. Florida: CRC Press
LCC Boca Raton
4.
Moubray. J. (2001). Reliability centred maintenance, 2nd Ed. New York: Industrial Press
Inc.
5.
6.
Royal Malaysian Navy. (1985). RMN maintenance system BRL 1985. Lumut: RMN.
435
2.
3.
4.
436
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
Pusat Hidrografi Negara. (2012). Malaysian Tide Table Vol I Kuala Lumpur : PHN.
2.
3.
Karl, J. (2009). Celestial Navigation In The GPS Age. USA : Paradise Cay Publication.
4.
5.
437
Memahami teori gelombang elektromagnet, radar, bunyi bawah permukaan dan sistem
kawalan senjata.
Comprehend the theory of electromagnetic wave, radar, underwater sound and weapon
control systems.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Arnold. E. (2009). Understanding radar: The ABC of how radar systems work. USA:
Acker.
3.
4.
Payne. C. (2006). Principle of naval weapon system. Annapolis: Naval Institute Press.
5.
6.
Chevalier. F. (2002). Principles of radar and sonar processing. Norwood: Artech House.
438
HIDROGRAFI TMT3273
HYDROGRAPHY TMT3273
3 Jam Kredit
3 Credit Hours
Prasyarat : Tiada
Prerequisite : Nil
Sinopsis Kursus
Course Synopsis
Tujuan kursus ini adalah untuk memberi pengetahuan asas hidrografi yang merangkumi
pengetahuan asas ciri-ciri geografi, geologi dan geofizik dasar laut dan pantai, dan juga arus,
air pasang dan tertentu sifat fizikal air laut. Di akhir kursus ini, pelajar seharusnya dapat
memahami pengetahuan asas hidrografi, menilai bagaimana data hidrografi diproses dengan
betul, keadaan dasar laut, hubungan geografi dengan tanah dan ciri-ciri dan dinamik lautan di
semua zon perkapalan.
The aim of this course is to provide students with fundamental knowledge on hydrographic
surveying which covers basic knowledge of the geographical, geological and geophysical
features of the seabed and coast, as well the currents, tides and certain physical properties of
the sea water. On completion of this course, students should be able to comprehend
fundamental knowledge of hydrographic surveying, assess how hydrographic surveying data be
properly processed so that the nature of the sea bottom, its geographical relationship with the
land and the characteristic and dynamics of the ocean can be accurately depicted in all zones of
national shipping.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Learning Outcomes
Pada akhir kursus ini, pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students are able to:
1.
2.
3.
439
4.
Membina kompetensi pengukuran hidrografi di atas kapal TLDM dan agnesi maritim.
Develop competency of hydrographic surveying onboard RMNs ships and maritime
agencies
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
440
aplikasi bioteknologi untuk membantu pemantauan dan penyingkiran bahan pencemar dalam
persekitaran marin malalui amalan yang beretika dan bertanggungjawab.
This course aims to provide students with fundamental knowledge on the use of
biotechnological approach to solve biofouling, corrosion and oil spill and its associated
limitations. It also covers the role of microorganisms in marine bio-film, bio-remediation and
marine bio-sensors. On completion of this course, students should be able to comprehend
fundamental knowledge of the role of marine microorganisms in marine biotechnological
applications, evaluate and recommend solutions based on biotechnology application to aid
monitoring and removal of pollutants in marine environments with ethical and responsible
practice.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Outcomes
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
Mengenal pasti jenis-jenis masalah alam sekitar marin, agen penyebabnya dan aplikasi
bioteknologi yang digunapakai
Identify the different types of marine environment related problems, its causative agents
and applications of biotechnology
2.
3.
4.
5.
441
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Blunt, J. W.; Copp, B. R.; Keyzers, R. A.; Munro, M. H. G. & Prinsep, M. R. (2012).
Marine natural products. Natural Product Reports 29 (2), 144-222.
3.
4.
Cock, J. M.; Tessmar-Raible, K.; Boyen, C & Viard, F. (2010). Introduction to Marine
Genomics. New York: Springer.
5.
6.
7.
442
marin terhadap alam sekitar, kategori-kategori utama kesan antropogenik pada sistem marin
serta mekanisma kesan, sumber dan penentuan persekitaran bahan pencemar.
The aim of this course is to expose students to an interdisciplinary study of marine pollution,
with emphasis on pollutants perceived as threats to marine ecosystems. The lectures will focus
on pollutant sources & routes, their behaviour in the marine environment, their effects on marine
organisms and human health and the various approaches to marine pollution control. On
completion of this course, students should be able to develop a detailed understanding of the
environmental impacts of marine operations system, the major categories of anthropogenic
impacts on marine systems and the mechanisms of effect, sources, and environmental fates of
pollutants.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Outcomes
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of this course students able to:
1.
2.
3.
Menilai kepatuhan sistem operasi marin dengan peraturan alam sekitar tempatan dan
antarabangsa
Assess the conformity of marine operations system with local and international
environmental regulations
4.
5.
Menganalisa penentuan persekitaran dan tindak balas pelbagai bahan pencemar marine
termasuk logam dan bahan cemar organik
Analyse the fate and behaviour of various marine pollutants including metals and organic
pollutants
6.
Mentafsir dan menghasilkan laporan kenyataan alam sekitar yang berkaitan dengan
senario yang sebenar
Interpret and produce environmental statement report pertinent to real-life scenarios
443
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Hester, R. E. & Harrison, R. M. (2011). Marine Pollution and Human Health. Cambridge:
RSC Publishing.
3.
4.
Hofer, T. N. (2008). Marine Pollution: New Research. New York: Nova Science
Publishers.
5.
Thomas, S. V. (2008). Water Pollution Issues and Developments. New York: Nova
Science Publishers.
6.
Tan, A. K. (2006). Vessel-Source Marine Pollution: The Law and Politics of International
Regulation. New York: Cambridge University Press.
7.
Twardowska, I., Allen, H. E. & Hggblom, M. M. (2006). Viable Methods of Soil and
Water Pollution Monitoring, Protection and Remediation. Netherlands: Springer.
444
445
446
FAKULTI PENGAJIAN
DAN
PENGURUSAN PERTAHANAN
447
448
VISI
Menjadikan Fakulti sebuah institusi pengajian dan penyelidikan dalam bidang Pengajian
Strategik dan Pengurusan Sumber Manusia melalui pendidikan dan penyelidikan pertahanan.
MISI
Mewujudkan graduan dan komuniti Fakulti yang berketerampilan dari segi ilmu, sahsiah dan
teknologi dalam bidang pengajian strategik dan pengurusan sumber manusia melalui
pengajaran dan penyelidikan serta pengurusan dan perkhidmatan yang berkualiti dan inovatif.
OBJEKTIF
Kemampuan untuk mengkaji kaedah penyelesaian dan membuat keputusan secara inovatif
dan kreatif dalam menangani permasalahan yang dihadapi menggunakan pengetahuan
matematik, sains,teknologi, dan ilmu asas dan pengkhususan.
Mempunyai kerohanian dan akhlak yang mulia, bertindak mengikut etika dan menjalankan
tugas.
449
LATAR BELAKANG
FAKULTI PENGAJIAN DAN PENGURUSAN PERTAHANAN
1.
2.
Pada Disember 2006, Jabatan Pengurusan dan Pengajian Am telah ditukarkan menjadi
Fakulti Pengajian dan Pengurusan Pertahanan selaras dengan kelulusan oleh
Kementerian Pengajian Tinggi.
3.
FPPP telah ditubuhkan selaras dengan kewujudan UPNM dalam bulan Februari 2007.
4.
5.
Sehingga kini FPPP menawarkan dua (2) program di peringkat Ijazah Sarjana Muda
iaitu Sarjana Muda dengan Kepujian Pengurusan Sumber Manusia dan Sarjana Muda
dengan Kepujian Pengajian Strategi.
6.
FPPP ditubuhkan dengan harapan untuk membantu negara melahirkan modal insan
yang mempunyai kemahiran ketenteraan yang cekap menggunakan kecanggihan
teknologi bagi menjayakan cabaran Wawasan 2020 dan prinsip terakhir Islam Hadhari.
Oleh yang demikian, Jabatan Pengajian Strategi dan Jabatan Pengurusan Sumber
Manusia Pertahanan di FPPP adalah ke arah memahami dengan lebih mendalam
tentang operasi ketenteraan dalam aspek pengurusan sumber manusia dan pengajian
strategik.
7.
8.
1.
2.
450
TIMBALAN DEKAN
PROF DR. HASLINDA BT
ABDULLAH
KETUA PROGRAM
KENEGARAAN DAN
KETAMADUNAN
PROF MADYA DR. MOHD
RIDHUAN TEE ABDULLAH
KETUA PROGRAM
PENGURUSAN SUMBER
MANUSIA PERTAHANAN
LT KOL PROF MADYA MOHD
NOR BIN YAHYA
KETUA PROGRAM
PENGAJIAN STRATEGI
PROF RUHANAS BT HARUN
451
DEKAN
Prof Dr Khalifah Bin Othman
SETIAUSAHA PEJABAT
Pn. Nur Shafiqa Binti Ibrahim
TIMBALAN DEKAN
Prof Dr Haslinda Binti Abdullah
PENOLONG PENDAFTAR
Cik Rohaya bt Baharum @Harun
PEMBANTU TADBIR
(P/O)
JABATAN PENGURUSAN
SUMBER MANUSIA
Pn. Dayang Islina bt
Bachok
PEMBANTU TADBIR
(P/O)
UNIT AKADEMIK DAN
PEPERIKSAAN
Pn. Suriyani Bt Saidon
PEMBANTU AM PEJABAT
En. Khairul Nizam bin Abu Hashim
452
Kursus-kursus untuk Program Ijazah Sarjana Muda diklasifikasikan kepada Kursus Teras
Universiti, Elektif Universiti, Teras Fakulti, Elektif Fakulti, Teras Program dan Elektif Program.
Jumlah kredit wajib diambil bergantung kepada keperluan program yang diikuti.
Kursus Teras Universiti merupakan kursus wajib kepada semua pelajar Program Ijazah Sarjana
Muda. Berikut merupakan senarai kursus Teras Universiti yang ditawarkan:
KOD KURSUS
KURSUS
KREDIT
LAN 1012
LAN 1022
Kenegaraan Malaysia
LAN 1032
Hubungan Etnik
LAN 1042
Asas Keusahawanan
LEL 1012
LEL 1022
LFL 1XX2
Bahasa Asing I*
LFL 1XX2
2**
12/14
Hanya untuk pelajar Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan (FSTP) dan
Fakulti Pengajian dan Pengurusan Pertahanan (FPPP) sahaja.
**
Bahasa Asing II adalah untuk pelajar yang telah mengambil Bahasa Asing I
dan tidak wajib untuk tujuan pengijazahan.
453
:-
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini membincangkan tentang tamadun Islam dan tamadun Asia serta sumbangannya
dalam peradaban dunia. Tamadun yang dibincangkan ialah tamadun Islam, tamadun Melayu,
tamadun India dan tamadun Cina. Ia meliputi aspek latar belakang sejarah, kerajaan dan
pentadbiran, kebudayaan dan pencapaian yang dicapai baik dari segi sains dan teknologi
mahupun adat setempat. Para pelajar juga akan diketengahkan dengan isu-isu semasa dan
dialog peradaban sebagai cara bagi menghadapi cabaran peradaban abad ke-21.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Menghuraikan konsep tamadun India dan Cina yang merangkumi pengenalan zamanzaman awal serta masyarakat dan budaya yang terdapat di dalamnya.
5.
Membincangkan dan menganalisis isu-isu yang berkaitan Islam dan Barat serta masa
depan dialog peradaban.
6.
454
Rujukan
1.
Osman Bakar, Azizan Baharuddin dan Zaid Ahmad. (Pytg). (2009). Modul Pengajian
Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Malaya.
2.
Tamadun Islam Tamadun Asia. (2006). Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Malaya.
3.
Azhar Hj Mad. Aros. (2007). Tamadun Islam dan Tamadun Asia (TITAS). Kertas 1 dan
2. Selangor: Penerbit Oxford Fajar.
4.
Nasrudin Yunos et.al. (2007). Pengajian Islam. Selangor: Penerbit Oxford Fajar.
5.
6.
Identify and summarise the history of nation-building which include the struggle for
independence, political system and societal development in socio-cultural, socio-political
and socio-economical aspects.
2.
Summarise the national policies and the values attached to those policies.
3.
Summarise and distinguish the national constitution as the source of reference for
plotical, economical and social interaction.
UNIVERSITI PERTAHANAN NASIONAL MALAYSIA
455
4.
Demonstrate and apply the spirit of tolerance, cooperation and serving the nation.
References:
1.
Wan Norhasniah Wan Husin, Mohd Ridhuan Tee Abdullah dan Sayuti Abd Ghani.
(2010). Modul Kenegaraan Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti UPNM.
2.
Nazaruddin Haji Mohd Jali. (2003). Malaysian Studies Nationhood and Citizenship.
Kuala Lumpur: Prentice Hall.
3.
Abdul Aziz Bari. (2003). Perlembagaan Malaysia: Asas-asas dan Masalah. Kuala
Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.
4.
Asnarulkhadi Abu Samah & Jayum A. Jawan. (1997). Kenegaraan Malaysia. Serdang:
Penerbit Universiti Putra Malaysia.
2.
3.
456
4.
References :
5.
S Shamsul Amri Baharuddin. (2007). Modul Hubungan Etnik. Shah Alam: Universiti
Teknologi Malaysia, Shah Alam.
6.
Ratnam, K.J. (1965). Communalism and The Political Process in Malaysia. Kuala
Lumpur: University Malaya.
7.
Abraham, C. (2004). The Naked of Social Order and The Roots of Racial Polarisation in
Malaysia. Selangor: Pelanduk Publication.
8.
Cheah Boon Kheng. (1983). Red Star over Malaya, Resistance Social Conflict During
and After The Japanese Occupation, 1941-1946. Singapore: Singapore University
Press.
2.
3.
4.
457
5.
Construct team work in gathering, analysing and reporting on business ideas into proper
planning.
References:
1.
Hisrich, R. D. and Peters, M.P. (2009). Entrepreneurship. New York: Irwin McGraw-Hill.
2.
3.
4.
Hargadon, A. (2003). How Breakthroughs Happen: The Surprising Truth About How
Companies Innovate. Boston: Harvard Business School Publishing.
5.
458
Mengenal pasti kertas cadangan, memorandum, minit mesyuarat dan surat iringan
dengan format yang betul
Identify accurate formats for technical reports and memorandums
2.
Menunjukkan kebolehan menulis agenda dan minit mesyuarat dengan betul dan
menyertai mock meeting sebagai ahli mesyuarat
Demonstrate the ability to write appropriate agendas and minutes of meeting and
participate willingly in mock meetings
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Mohd Amzari Mat Rani, Aveleena Afzan Hassan and Asniah Alias. (2009). English for
Academic Writing. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
3.
Kahn, J. E., et al. (1993). How to Write and Speak Better. London: The Readers Digest
Association Limited.
4.
Fitzpatrick, Mary. (2005). Engaging Writing: Paragraphs and Essays. New York:
Pearson Education.
5.
Barnard, R. and Zemach, Dorothy E. (2004). Writing for the Real World: An Introduction
to General Writing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
459
2.
Mengenal pasti dan memilih dengan betul speech sound dalam Bahasa Inggeris
Identify and choose the correct speech sound in English
3.
4.
5.
460
Rujukan
References
1.
Erda Wati Bakar, Belinda Marie Balraj and Masdini Harina Ab Manan. (2009). English for
Oral Communication. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Lucas, S.E. (2007). The Art of Public Speaking. Bostan: McGraw Hill.
3.
4.
Young, S.K. and Travis, H.P. (2007). Oral Communication: Skills, Choices and
Consequences. Illinois: Waveland Press, Inc.
5.
KURSUS
Arabic I
LFL 1412
Arabic II*
LFL 1322
Mandarin I
LFL 1422
Mandarin II*
LFL 1332
Japanese I
LFL 1432
Japanese II*
LFL 1342
Russian I
LFL 1442
Russian II*
LFL 1352
French I
LFL 1452
French II*
LFL 1362
Spanish I
LFL 1462
Spanish II*
461
KURSUS
KREDIT
ALK 1021
ALK 2011
ALK 2021
ALK 3011
QKS 3621
JUMLAH
KURSUS
KREDIT
Untuk PALAPES **
Komponen Kesukarelawanan
PLS 1011
PALAPES
PLS 1021
PALAPES
PLS 2011
PALAPES
PLS 2021
PALAPES
PLS 3011
PALAPES
PLS 3021
PALAPES
JUMLAH
462
KOD KURSUS
KURSUS
KREDIT
Untuk Awam***
Komponen Sukan
QKS 1002
Tenis
QKS 1102
Hoki
QKS 1202
Futsal
QKS 1302
Silat Seni
QKS 1402
Ragbi
QKS 1502
Bola Sepak
QSK 1022
Pengurusan Sukan
QSK 2012
Suaian Fizikal
QSK 2022
Psikologi Sukan
QSK 3012
QSK 3022
Pengucapan Awam
QKP 1102
Pengacara Majlis
QKP 1202
Asas Kewartawanan
Komponen Kebudayaan
QKB 1002
QKB 1402
Seni Tari
QKB 1502
Teater
Komponen Kesukarelawanan
QKL 1002
Asas Kesukarelawanan
Komponen Keusahawanan
QKE 1102
Latihan Keusahawanan
463
Asas Fotografi
Baktisiswa
2
JUMLAH
464
465
KOD KURSUS
KREDIT
DFM 1083
DFM 1093
DFM 1103
DFM 2032
Defence Technology
DFM 2063
Organizational Leadership
DFM 2073
Conflict Management
DFM XXX8
Industrial Training
DFM XXX4
466
2.
3.
Perform the appropriate statistical analysis to the data collected using a statistical
package.
4.
References:
1.
Zikmund, W.G., Babin, B.J. Carr, J.C. & Griffin, M. (2010). Business Research Methods,
8th ed. South-Western Cengage Learning.
2.
3.
4.
Cooper, D. R. & Schindler P.S., (2006), Business Research Mathods, 9th ed. McGraw
Hill.
467
5.
Able to develop the understnding and skills of conducting qualitative research work.
2.
3.
References:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Cooper, D. R. & Schindler P.S., (2006), Business Research Mathods, 9th ed, McGraw
Hill.
Methods,
Arah
468
6.
2.
Understand apply the concept and theories of strategic management for dynamic
decision making.
3.
Understand and analyze the internal and external environment in building scenarios for
informed decision making.
4.
Understand and utilize management tools like SWOT, TOWS, SPACE models for
evaluation and decision making.
5.
References:
1.
David F.R. (2005). Strategic Management, Concepts and Cases, 10th ed. New Jersey:
Pearson international.
469
2.
3.
4.
Define and express the concept of technology in defense and able to relate with present
warfare
2.
Define and express the current military technology in warfare as combat multiplier
3.
Able to relate military technology with their possible impacts on strategic and tactical
planning
4.
References:
1.
470
2.
Dunnigan, J. F. (2003). How to Make War, 4th ed. New York, Quill: Harper Collins
Publisher in.
3.
Lee, T.W (2009). Military Technologies of The World. Volume 1 & 2, New York:
Greenwood Publishing Group, Westport.
2.
Understand the method of developing strategic and operational plans as part of team
building.
3.
Undertsand the connect between leader, his followers and the ability to adapt to
situations.
4.
Undertsand teh value of experience in leadership development and the ability to learn
from previous experience.
5.
References:
1.
471
2.
French, Wendell, R. & Bell, Cecil, H. Jr. (2005). Organization Development and
Transformation; Managing Effective Change, 6th ed. New York: McGraw Hill.
2.
3.
References:
1.
Nye, Joseph, S. (2007). Understanding International Conflict. 6th ed. New York: Pianism
International.
2.
472
473
474
475
UNIT AWAM
UNIT KADET
Teras Universiti
26
26
Elektif Universiti
15
Teras Fakulti
29
29
Teras Program
45
45
Elektif Program
12
12
JUMLAH
120
127
KREDIT
DIS 1113
DIS 1123
DIS 2083
DIS 2093
DIS 2103
International Law
DIS 2113
DIS 3023
DIS 3033
Strategic Thought
DIS 3063
Philosophy of Warfare
DIS 3073
DIS 3083
Psychological Warfare
DIS 3093
Peacekeeping
DIS 3193
DIS 3016
Academic Paper
476
KREDIT
DIS 3043
Development of Airpower
DIS 3053
DIS 3103
DIS 3113
DIS 3123
Asymmetrical Warfare
DIS 3133
DIS 3143
DIS 3153
477
SEMESTER 1
Kursus
Introduction to Strategic
Studies
Modern World History
Theories and Approaches in
International Relations
Islamic and Asian
Civilizations
Kredit
2
Kod
DUM
2062
DFM1103
DIS2083
Kredit
Effective Leadership
Introduction to Strategic
Management
Diplomacy and
Diplomatic Practice
3
3
LAN1022
Malaysian Studies
DIS XXX3
LAN1042
Acculturisation of
Entreprenuership
LAN1032
LFL1XX2
Foreign Language I
LEL1012
Co-curriculum*
LFL1XX2
PLS1021/
ALK1021
PLS1011/
*PALAPES/**ALK
ALK1011
JUMLAH
SEMESTER 2
Kursus
17(18)
Program Elevtive 1
Law of Armed Conflict
(akan dijadikan 3 kredit
dan dimasukkan
kedalam elektif
program)
Ethnic Relations
2
2
2
*PALAPES/**ALK
JUMLAH
1
21(22)
478
SEMESTER 3
Kod
LEL1022
Kursus
Engish for Oral
Communication
SEMESTER 4
Kredit
Kod
DFM XXX3
Kursus
Qualitative Research
Methodology
Management
Information System
Malaysias Foreign
Relations and Security
Kredit
3
DFM XXX3
DFM XXX3
DFM XXX3
Economics
DIS3113
DIS3033
Startegic Thought
3
3
3
DIS3123
DIS3093
DIS3XX3
PLS2021/
ALK2021
Asymmetrical Warfare
Peacekeeping
Program Elective 4
3
3
3
*PALAPES/**ALK
DIS 2102
DIS 2113
DIS3XX3
Non-Traditional Security
Issues
International Law
War and Conflict
Program Elective 2
DIS3XX3
Program Elective 3
Co-curriculum*
*PALAPES/**ALK
DIS 2093
PLS2011/
ALK2011
JUMLAH
24(25)
JUMLAH
3
3
21(22)
479
Kod
DFMXXX8
&
DFMXXX4
SEMESTER 5
Kursus
Industrial Training
Kredit
Kod
SEMESTER 6
Kursus
12
DIS3016
Academic Paper
DIS3023
DIS3193
DIS3083
DIS XXX3
DIS3XX3
DIS3XX3
PLS3011/
PLS 3021
ALK3011 &
QKS 3621
JUMLAH
12(12)
Kredit
6
Comparative
Defence and Foreign
Policy
Seminar in Strategic
Studies
Psychological
Warfare
Government and
Politics in Southeast
Asia
Program Elective 5
Program Elective 6
3
3
3
3
3
3
PALAPES
ALK & Tempur
Tanpa Senjata
(Kadet Sahaja)
JUMLAH
2
2
24/26
480
2.
Understand the role of international relations that shape the world history
3.
4.
Acquire familiarity with the major issues in the study of modern world history.
References:
1.
2.
McWilliams, W.C. & Piotrowski, H. (2009) The world since 1945: A history of
International Relations. 7th ed.
3.
4.
Milner, H.V. & Moravsik, A. (Eds.). (2009). Power, interdependence, and nonstate actors
in world politics. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
5.
Painter D. (1999). The Cold War: An international history. New York: Routledge.\
481
6.
Russet B. Starr H. & Kinsella D. (2009). World politics: The menu for choice. Boston:
Wadsworth.
2.
Discuss the different theories and concept in IR and its relevance within the dynamics of
the international system.
3.
Asses critically event or issues from the IR perspective by applying relevant theories or
approaches.
References:
1.
2.
Baylis, J and Steve Smith (Eds.). (2006). The globalization of world politics. (updated
ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.
482
3.
Burchill, S., Linklater, A., et. al. (2001). Theories of International Relations. 2nd ed. New
York: St. Martin Press.
4.
Mingst, Karen A. (2004). Essentials of International Relations, 3rd ed. New York: W. W.
Norton.
5.
Charles W.Kegley. (2009). World politics: Trends & transformation. 12th. United States:
Wadsworth Cengage Learning Pulications.
6.
Viotti, Paul & Mark V. Kauppi. (2007). International relations and world politics: Security,
economy, identity. 3rd. ed. New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall.
7.
Williams, Phil, Goldstein, Donald M. & Shafritz, Jay M. (Eds.) (2006). Classic readings in
contemporary debates in International Relations, 3rd ed. Belmont: Thompson.
8.
Amstutz. Mark R. (1999). International Conflict & Cooperation. USA: McGraw Hill.
Understand the relevant concepts, theories, history, functions, types, rules and
procedures of diplomacy
2.
Identify and analyze the important relation between the diplomacy and the foreign
policies of states in International relations.
483
3.
Analyze the diplomatic tactics and strategies used by state to prevent, manage or
resolve inter-state conflicts.
4.
Relate and apply the knowledge learned to con temporary international scenarios
whenever appropriate.
References:
1.
2.
Berridge, G. R. (2005). Diplomacy: Theory and practice, 3rd ed. New York: Palgrave
MacMillan.
3.
Freeman, C. W. Jr. (1997). Arts of power: Statecraft and diplomacy. Washington DC:
United States Institute of Peace.
4.
5.
Melissen, J. Lee, D. & Sharp, P. (2007). The new public diplomacy: Soft power in
International Relations. London: Palgrave MacMillan.
484
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course student able to:
1.
2.
Understand the seriousness of both traditional and non- traditional security threats to the
country that could lead to military conflict.
3.
4.
References:
1.
Acharya, A. Emmers, R. & Caballero-Anthony, M. (Eds.). (2006). Studying nontraditional security in Asia: Trends and issues. Singapore: Marshall-Cavendish.
2.
3.
Terriff, T. & Croft, S. (1999). Security studies today. Cambridge: Polity Press.
4.
Thakur, R. & Newman, E. (2004). Broadening Asia's security discourse and agenda:
Political, social, and environmental perspectives. Tokyo: United Nations University.
5.
485
Know the history and understand and appreciate the theories and principles that govern
international law.
2.
Understand, appreciate and able to interpret and apply the codified laws and customary
practices relating to the various aspects of international law.
3.
Appreciate the importance of international law in the international system and aware of
the challenges and prospects of international law.
References:
1.
Brownlie, I. (ed.). (2009). Basic documents in International Law. 6th ed. Oxford: Oxford
Univeristy Press.
2.
3.
Dixon, M., & McCorquodale, R. (2003). Cases and materials on International Law. 4th
ed. London: Blackstone Press.
4.
5.
Shaw, M.N. (2008). International Law. 6th ed. Cambridge: Grotius Publications.
486
6.
Manchester:
Identify the concepts and patterns in the study of war and conflict.
2.
3.
4.
Acquire familiarity with the history of war and its impact to mankind.
References:
1.
2.
Jeong, Ho-Wan. (2008). Understanding conflict and conflict analysis. London: Sage
Publications.
3.
Kagan, D. (1995). On the origins of war and the preservation of peace. London: Pimlico.
4.
487
5.
2.
3.
To understand the reaction and impact of states defence and foreign policies on major
international issues
References:
1.
Hook, S. W. (ed.). (2002). Comparative foreign policy: Adaptation strategies of the great
and emerging powers. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
2.
Macridis, R. C. (1992). Foreign policy in world politics. 8th ed. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
3.
Smith, S, Hadfield, A and Dunne, T. (2008). Foreign policy: Theories, actors, cases.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
488
4.
5.
Miller, M. J., and Stefanova, B. (ed.) (2007). The war on terror in comparative
perspective: US security and foreign policy after 9/11. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
2.
3.
4.
Acquire familiarity with the major issues in the study of strategic thought
References:
1.
Van Creveld, M. (2005). The art of war: War and military thought (Smithsonian History of
Warfare). New York: Harper Resource.
2.
3.
Handel, M. I. (2002). Master of war: Classical strategic thought. London: Frank Cass
Publishers.
489
4.
Paret, P. (ed.). (1986). Makers of modern strategy from Machiavelli to the nuclear age.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
5.
Smith, R. (2008). The art of war in the modern world. New York: Alfred Knopf Inc.
Understand war and warfare, it fundamentals, definitions and concepts and be able to
identify differences between and purpose of the traditional and untraditional war.
2.
3.
4.
Familiar war as a foreign policy instrument and its viability and effectiveness
5.
Identify how to viability and effectiveness of as foreign policy in the 21st century.
References:
1.
Chesterman, S. (2003). Just war or Just Peace? Oxford: Oxford University Press.
2.
3.
490
4.
Teichman, J. (2006). The philosophy of war and peace. Exeter: Imprint Academic.
5.
Walzer, M. (1977). Just and unjust wars. 3rd ed. New York: Basic Books.
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
2.
Galula, D. (2006). Counterinsurgency warfae: Theory and practice. New York: Praeger.
3.
491
4.
5.
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
Dewar, Michael. (1989). The art of deception in warfare. Newton Abbot: Sterling
Publishers.
2.
Holt, Thaddeus. (2004). The deceivers: Allied military deception in the Second World
War. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
492
3.
4.
5.
Radvanyi, Janos (ed.). (1990). Psychological operations and political warfare in longterm strategic planning. New York: Praeger.
PEACEKEEPING DIS3093
3 Credit Hours
Pre-requisite: Course Synopsis
This subject will focus on the study of peacekeeping operations as a means of facilitating and
expediting the peace process in a war torn or conflict ravaged areas. The course will cover the
concepts, history of peacekeeping, various categories of peacekeeping operations, and the
issues and dynamics that exist between political and military considerations in peacekeeping. It
tracks the development of peacekeeping operations by the UN and non-UN entities in
international arena. Special attention will also be given to the study of Malaysias involvement in
international peacekeeping operations.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course student able to:
1.
Be familiar with the history of the UN, its purpose and principles, the general
organization of the UN, the Security Council, the Secretariat, Department of
Peacekeeping and Department of Field Service.
2.
Be familiar with peacekeeping operation theory, principles, concepts and conduct and be
able to identify difference between traditional and complex (multidimensional) missions.
3.
Be able to study and analyze various UNPKO since it beginning to present time.
4.
Understand the legal framework of United Nations peace operation., the process of
initiation of a mission and the impact of legal framework on personal behavior of
peacekeeper.
493
References:
1.
2.
Donald C.F Daniel, Patricia Tarf Sharon Wiharta. (2008). Peace operations: Trends,
prospects & progress. Washington: Georgetown University Press.
3.
Stuart Gordon & Francis Toase. (2001). Aspects of peacekeeping. Oregon: Frank &
Cass publishers.
Henry F. Carey & Oliver P. Richmond. (2003). Mitigating conflicts. Frank & Cass.
4.
5.
Inder Jit Rikhye, Michael Harbottle, & Bjorn Egge. (1974). The thin blue line:
International peacekeeping & its future. New Haven: Yale University Press.
6.
Inder Jit Rikhye. (1984). The theory & practice of peacekeeping. London: Hurst.
7.
James J Wittz & Jeffrey A Larsen. (2008). Naval peacekeeping & humanitarian
operations: Stability from the sea. Routledge.
2.
494
3.
References:
1.
Assigned readings
495
2.
Explain the evolution process of air power and its important elements.
3.
4.
References:
1.
AVM RA Mason. (1987). (Vol. 1). Air power: An overview of roles. London: Brasseys.
2.
Buckley, J. (1999) (Rep. 2003). Air power in the age of total war. London: Routledge.
3.
4.
Cox, S. & Gray, P. (2002). Air power history. London: Frank Cass.
496
To identify the boundaries and scopes of sea power and maritime strategy studies.
2.
To demonstrate the theoretical underpinnings of sea and maritime issues and strategies
from the early period until the present day.
3.
To compare and contrast the capabilities of the sea power of nation states.
References:
1.
Ballantyne, I. (2004). Strike from the sea. Barnsley: Pen and Sword.
2.
Corbett, J.S. (1988). Some principles of maritime strategy. Annapolis MD: Naval Institute
Press.
3.
Lehman, John. (2001). On seas of glory: Heroic men, great ships and epic battles of the
American navy. New York: The Free Press.
4.
Mahan, Alfred Thayer. (1987). The Influence of sea power upon history 1660-1783. New
York: Dover Publications.
5.
Spector, Ronald. (2001). At war, at sea: Naval warfare in the twentieth century. London:
Allen Lane.
497
Understand the weaknesses and strength of human beings and their consequences
2.
3.
Understand and able apply the various criminology theories to explain criminal behavior
and terrorism.
4.
Identify and analyze the existing and future challenges during times of war and crisis.
References:
1.
Gutman, R. & Rieff, D. (eds.) (1999). Crimes Of war: What the public should know. New
York: W.W Norton & Company Ltd.
2.
May, L. (2007). War crimes and Just War. Cambridge: University of Cambridge Press.
3.
Moghaddam, F.M. & Marsella, A.J. (eds.) (2004). Understanding terrorism. Washington
DC: American Psychological Association.
4.
Post, J.M. (2007). The mind of the terrorist. New York: Palgrave MacMillan.
5.
498
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
Abdul Razak Baginda and Rohana Mahmood. (1995). Malaysias defence and foreign
policies. Subang Jaya: Pelanduk.
2.
Chandran Jeshurun. (2007). Malaysia: Fifty years of diplomacy. Kuala Lumpur: The
Other Press.
3.
Karminder Singh Dhillion. (2009). Malaysian foreign policy in the Mahathir era: The
dilemmas of development. Singapore: NUS Press.
4.
Mohd Najib Abdul Razak. (2006). Globalising Malaysia towards building a developed
nation. Petaling Jaya: MPH Publishing.
499
5.
Ruhanas Harun (ed.). (2006). Malaysias foreign relations: Issues and challenges. Kuala
Lumpur: University of Malaya Press.
6.
Syed Hamid Albar. (2007). Issues in Malaysian foreign policy and diplomacy selected
speeches: Peace and security. Kuala Lumpur: Institute of Diplomacy and Foreign
Relations.
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
Arregun-Toft, I. (2006). How the weak win wars: A theory of asymmetric conflict.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
2.
3.
Lawrence, T.E. (1991). Seven pillars of wisdom: A triumph. New York: Anchor Books.
500
4.
McKenzie, Kenneth. (2000). The revenge of the Melians: Asymmetric threats and the
next QDR. Washington, DC: National Defense University.
5.
6.
2.
3.
To understand the non-traditional and major security issues facing Southeast Asia.
References:
1.
Barry K. Gills and William R. Thompson. (2006) (Ed.). Globalization and global history.
Oxon: Routledge.
2.
Clark, Ian. (1999). Globalization and international relations theory. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
501
3.
John Baylis, Steve Smith, Patricia Owens. (2008). The globalization of world politics: An
introduction to International Relations. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
4.
Shaw, Martin. (1999). Politics and globalization: Knowledge, ethics and agency. London:
Routledge.
5.
Walter C. Opello, Jr. and Stephen J. Rosow (2004). 2nd Ed. The nation-state and global
order: A historical introduction to contemporary politics. Colorado: Lynne Rienner Pub.
Inc.
Analyze the major power; inter-play and dynamic in the East Asian region.
2.
Analyze the traditional and contemporary security issues in the East Asian region.
3.
Compare the impacts of foreign policy practiced among major powers toward East Asian
region.
References:
1.
Buzan, B. and Waever, O. (2007). Regions and powers: The structure of international
security. 5th ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University. Press.
502
2.
Jentleson, B. W. (2007). American foreign policy: The dynamics of choice in the 21st
century. 3rd ed. New York: W.W. Norton & Company, Inc.
3.
Frost, E. L. (2008). Asias New Regionalism. Colorado: Lynne Rienner Pub. Inc.
4.
Maharajakrishna Rasgotra. (2007). The new Asian power dynamic Sage Pub. New
Delhi: India Pvt Ltd.
5.
Dobbs-Higginson, M. S. (1996). Asia Pacific: Its role in the new world disorder. Victoria:
Mandarin.
2.
Explain the evolution process of globalization and the changing of international society.
3.
4.
Discuss the impact, challenges and future of globalization in security perspective and
perception.
503
References:
1.
Baylis, J., Smith, S. & Owens, P. (2008). The globalization of world politics: An
introduction to international relations. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
2.
3.
Gills, B. K. and Thompson, W. R. (2006). (ed.). Globalization and global history. Oxon:
Routledge.
4.
Opello Jr., W. C. and Rosow, S. J. (2004). The nation-state and global order: A
historical introduction to contemporary politics. 2nd ed. Colorado: Lynne Rienner Pub.
Inc.
5.
Shaw, M. (1999). Politics and globalization: Knowledge, ethics and agency. London:
Routledge.
504
505
Pensyarah Kanan
Lt Kol S. Ananthan A/L Subramaniam (Bersara)
Dip Mgmt Sc (INTAN), M Sc Mgmt. (UUM)
Lt Kol Ungku Azly Bin Ungku Zahar
DPA (UiTM), Dip Defence and Strategic Studies (UM), MM (UM)
Lt Kol Inderjit Singh A/l Tara Singh
Dip. Strategik & Pengajian Pertahanan (UM),Dip. Psikologi (Kaunseling( (UKM)
BSc Pengurusan (Sydney), MA Pengurusan (UM), MSc Teknologi Maklumat (UM)
Mejar Mohd Juraimy Bin Hj Kadir KAT, PPS, KB
Dip. Pengurusan (UM), Dip Psikologi Kaunseling
Psikologi Kaunseling (UKM)
506
507
UNIT AWAM
UNIT KADET
Teras Universiti
26
26
Elektif Universiti
15
Teras Fakulti
29
29
Teras Program
51
51
Elektif Program
JUMLAH
120
127
KREDIT
DRM 1013
DRM 1023
Training Management
DRM 2013
Organizational Behaviour
DRM 2023
DRM 2033
DRM 2043
Defence Logistics
DRM 2053
Negotiation Techniques
DRM 2063
DRM 3013
DRM 3023
Leadership in War
DRM 3033
DRM 3043
Disaster Management
DRM 3053
DRM 3063
508
DRM 3073
Management of Change
DRM 3086
KREDIT
DRM 3093
DRM 3103
DRM 3113
DRM 3123
DRM 3133
DRM 3143
Defence Economy
DRM 3153
DRM 3163
DRM 3173
509
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PROGRAM SARJANA MUDA PENGURUSAN SUMBER MANUSIA PERTAHANAN (ZP45)
Kod
DFM 1083
DRM 1013
DRM 1023
LAN 1012
SEMESTER 1
Kursus
Quantitative Research
Methods
Human Resource
Management
Training Management
Islamic and Asian
Civilisations
Kredit
Kod
DFM 1093
DFM 1103
DFM 2073
LAN 1042
LAN 1022
Malaysian Studies
LEL 1012
LAN 1032
LFL 1XX2
Ethnic Relations
Foreign Language I
Kokurikulum
2
2
2
*PALAPES/**ALK
DRM 3023
DRM 3023
DRM XXX3
ALK 1021 /
PLS 1021
ALK 1011 /
PLS 1011
JUMLAH
18(19)
Jumlah kredit bertanda ( * ) adalah untuk pelajar awam.
Jumlah kredit bertanda ( ** ) adalah untuk pegawai kadet
SEMESTER 2
Kursus
Qualitative Research
Methods
Introduction to Strategic
Management
Conflict Management
Acculturisation of
Entrepreneuership
English for Academic
Writing
Leadreship in War
Leadership in War
Subjek Elektif 1
Kredit
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
*PALAPES/**ALK
Kokurikulum
JUMLAH
1
2
23(24)
510
Kod
SEMESTER 3
Kursus
Kredit
Kod
SEMESTER 4
Kursus
Seminar in Military
Resources Management
Financial Management
and Accounting
Kredit
DRM 2043
Defence Logistic
DRM 3063
DRM 3073
Management of Change
DRM 2033
DRM 2023
Cross Culture
Management
DFM 2032
Defence Technology
2
3
DFM 2013
Organizational Behavior
DRM 3013
Performance Evaluation
and Personal
Development
DRM 2053
Negotiation Techniques
DRM 3043
Disaster Management
DFM 2063
LFL 1022
DRM XXX3
Subjek Elektif 2
ALK 2011 /
PLS 2011
*PALAPES/**ALK
Kokurikulum
ALK 2021 /
PLS 2021
JUMLAH
22(23)
*PALAPES/**ALK
JUMLAH
23(22)
511
Kod
DFMXXX8
&
DFMXXX4
SEMESTER 5
Kursus
Industrial Training
Kredit
Kod
12
DRM 3033
SEMESTER 6
Kursus
Resource
Mobilisation in War
DRM XXX3
DRM XXX3
Subjek Elektif 6
DRM XXX3
Subjek Elektif 7
DRM3053
*PLS 3011
PALAPES
& PLS 3021
**ALK 3011 ALK & Tempur
& QKS 3621 Tanpa Senjata
12(12)
Academic
Paper/Thesis
Management of
Peacekeeping
Operations
Subjek Elektif 5
DRM 3086
JUMLAH
Kredit
JUMLAH
6
3
3
2
2
21 (23)
512
2.
Identify and analyze the main features of HRM policies and practices.
3.
Understand the role HRM plays in the overall strategy of the firm.
4.
Understand the many HR functions and how they relate to each other and to firm
strategy and effectiveness.
References:
1.
2.
Werner J. M., & DeSimone R. L. (2006). Human Resources Development. 4th ed. South
Western. Thomson
513
Understand about the definition of training and the concept of training management.
2.
Identify the process of training management from the beginning, between and after
training.
3.
Design the training policy and the effectiveness of training plan including vision, mission,
objectives and training philosophy.
4.
Clarify the roles and functions of trainer and trainee towards training management.
5.
References:
1.
Raymond, A. Noe, (2000). Employee Training and Development, UK: McGraw Hill.
2.
Stout, S. (1994). Managing Training (Practical Trainer Series) London: Kogan Page
Limited.
514
2.
Understand the impact of OB and how it can be used to improve the effectiveness of the
organizations.
3.
4.
References:
1.
McShane, S.L & Von Glinow, M.A. (2008). Organizational Behavior. 4th ed. New York:
Mc Graw-Hill International.
2.
3.
Kreitner, R & Kinicki, A (2008). Organizational Behavior. 8th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill
Companies.
515
Able to recognize and analyze cultural and other environment factor which influence
international organizational decision making.
2.
Able to recognize and analyze military and other environment factors which influence
military decision making
3.
Able to understand international business functions and how they may differ from
national business function.
References:
1.
Browaeys, M-J. & Price, R. (2008). Understanding Cross Culture Management, Pearson
Education Limited.
2.
Schneider, S. C. & Barsoux, J-L. (2003). Managing Across Cultures ,Harlow, Essex,
Nem York: Prentice Hall Financial Time.
3.
4.
516
6.
Ability to analyze and evaluate time value of money and cost of capital
7.
Ability to analyze and evaluate financial statement analysis and capital budgeting
8.
9.
References:
1.
2.
Bany Ariffin Amin Noordin et al. 2003. Guide to Financial Management. Cengage
Learning. Singapore.
3.
Fatimah Abd Rauf et al. 2008. Public Sector Accounting. Updated 3rd edition. Prentice
Hall. Selangor.
4.
Treasury Instruction.
517
5.
6.
7.
Ross, S.A. Westerfield, R.W., Jordan, B.D., Ahmad, R.M. Faudziah, Z.A., Nasruddin, Z.,
Faizah, I., Zaemah, Z and Norzalina, A. 2007, Financial Management Fundamentals in
Malaysia, Mc Graw Hill, Kuala Lumpur.
8.
Besley, S & Brigham, E.F. 2003. Principles of Finance.2nd Edition. Ohio: SouthWestern.
9.
Brigham, E.F., Houston, J.F. 2004. Fundamental of Financial Management, 9th edition,
Harcoutt.
10.
Van Hormne, J.C and Wachowics, J.M., 2004. Fundamentals of Financial management.
11th edition. Prentice Hall.
11.
12.
13.
Heng Seai Kie. 2010. Basic Accounting. Oxford Fajar. Kuala Lumpur.
518
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course student able to:
1.
Recognize a logistic is big business which comprise of land, labor, capital and
information.
2.
Define the formulate the basic logistic concepts for management decision making
process.
3.
4.
State and describe the relationships between logistic in military and civilian organization.
5.
Describe, utilize and solve problems related to the relationship between logistics
technology in military and civilian organization.
6.
Able to work in a team or individually to elaborate on certain subject matter and produce
written report.
References:
1.
2.
Harrison, A., & Hoek, R. (2008). Logistics Management and Strategy, 3nd Ed. Pearson
Education Limited London: Prentice Hall.
3.
4.
Stock, J.R., & Lambert, D. M. (2001). Strategic Logistic Management, 4th Ed, New York:
McGraw-Hill.
519
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
2.
3.
Lewicki, R.J., Barry, B., & Saunders, M.D. (2010). Negotiation. 6Th ed. Boston: McGraw
Hill.
520
2.
3.
Able to apply any two theories on the effectiveness of supply and support management.
4.
Able to apply the supply and support management in the business proposal.
References:
1.
Wisner, J.D; Tan, K.C & Leong, G.K (2008). Principles of Supply Chain Management. A
Balance Approach. 2th ed. South Western: South-Western Cengage Learning.
2.
Bowersox, D. J., Closs, D. J., & Cooper, M. B. (2007). Supply Chain Logistics
Management, 2nd ed. Boston: McGraw Hill.
3.
Fawcett, S. E., Ellram, L. M. & Ogden, J. A., (2007). Supply Chain Management, From
Vision to Implementation, Pearson Education Limited New Jersey.
521
2.
Learn techniques to measure employee performance and how to motivate and develop
to potential employees.
3.
References:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Rao, T.V. (2009). Performance Appraisal: Theory and Practice. New Delhi.
522
2.
Discuss the human dimension of military leadership: stress, courage, morale, teamwork,
fear, cohesion, etc in the combat environment.
3.
4.
References:
1.
Owen C (2005). On War and Leadership. The Words of Combat Commanders From
Frederick The Great to Norman Schwarzkopf. USA: Princeton. University Press.
2.
HQs Department of the Army (July 1990). FM 22-100. Military Leadership. Washington,
DC.
3.
HQs Department of the Army (June 1987). FM 22-103. Leadership and Command at
Senior Levels. Fort Leavenworth.
4.
Hurt, James G. and Blair, John D. (1985). Leadership on the Future Battlefield. USA:
Pergamon-Brasseys International Defense Publishers.
5.
Lace, William W. (2000). Leaders and Generals of World War II. Inc. San Diego,
Califonia: Lucent Books.
523
6.
Smith, Perry M.(1986). Taking Charge A Practical Guide for Leaders. Washington DC:
National Defense University Press Publications.
2.
3.
References:
1.
Klare, M. T. (2002). Resource Wars: The New Landscape of Global Conflict, New York:
Holt Paperbacks.
2.
Moran Daniel Russel (James A)(2009). Energy Security: The Militarization Of Resource
Management. Abingdon, Oxon. Routledge.
3.
Muller, R.-D., Umbreit, H. & Radmore, D. C. (2003). Germany and the Second World
War: Organization and Mobilization in the German Sphere of Power, Wartime
Administration, Economy, and Manpower Resources 1942-1944/5 (Germany and the
Second World War, Vol 5/II), USA: Oxford University Press.
4.
Preker, A. S. & Carrin, G. (2004). Health Financing for Poor People: Resource
Mobilization and Risk Sharing. Washington DC: World Bank Publications.
524
5.
Seelig Louis C. (2002). Resource Management In Peace And War. UK: Lightning Source
Inc.
To explain the impact of disaster toward the community and organization development.
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
Ahmad Azan Ridzuan & Mohd Juraimy Hj Kadir (2011). Modules and Notes Disaster
Management DRM 3043. Edition 1/2011. Jabatan Pembangunan Sumber Manusia,
FPPP, UPNM.
2.
DMC41 (2012). Participants Workbook The 41st Regional Training Course on Disaster
Management. 23 January 10 February 2012. ADPC Bangkok, Thailand.
3.
National Security Division, Prime Minister Department (1997). National Security Council
(NSC) Directive No. 20. Disaster Management.
525
4.
Be familiar with the history og the UN, its purpose and principles, the general
organization of the UN, the Security Council, the Secretariat, Department of
Peacekeeping and Department of Field Service.
2.
Be familiar with peacekeeping operations, its fundamentals and concepts and be able to
identify differences between traditional and complex (multidimensional) missions.
3.
Understand the organizational structure of different type of peace operations and the
roles and responsibilities of the different components in a mission area.
4.
Understand the legal framework of United Nation peace operations, the process of
initiation of a mission and the impact of legal framework on personal behavior of
peacekeepers.
Reference:
1.
2.
Fortna, V.Page. (2008). Does Peacekeeping Work. New Jersey: Princeton University
Press.
526
2.
Identify and conduct suitable research articles in preparation for writing an academic
paper proposal.
3.
References:
1.
Abdul Rahman Shaik & Hasan Al-Banna Mohamed. (2011). Panduan dan log kertas
akademik sarjana muda. Kuala Lumpur: Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Parmjit Singh, Chan Yuen Fook & Gurnam Kaur Sidhu. (2006). A comprehensive guide
to writing a research proposal. Petaling Jaya: Venton Publishing (M) Sdn. Bhd.
3.
Richard Holmes, Hazadiah Mohammad Dahan & Habibah Ashari. (2005). A guide to
research in the social sciences. Kuala Lumpur: Pearson Malaysia Sdn Bhd.
4.
527
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
2.
Bernard Burnes. (1996). Managing Change; 2nd ed. London: Pitman Publishing.
3.
Colin A. Cornell. (2003). Managing Change In Organization; 4th ed. U.K: Pearson
Education Ltd.
4.
John Clark. (1995). Managing Innovation And Change. London: Sage Publications Ltd.
528
Identify and conduct suitable research articles in preparation for writing an academic
paper report.
2.
3.
4.
References:
1.
Abdul Rahman Shaik & Hasan Al-Banna Mohamed. (2011). Panduan dan log kertas
akademik sarjana muda. Kuala Lumpur: Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Parmjit Singh, Chan Yuen Fook & Gurnam Kaur Sidhu. (2006). A comprehensive guide
to writing a research proposal. Petaling Jaya: Venton Publishing (M) Sdn. Bhd.
3.
Richard Holmes, Hazadiah Mohammad Dahan & Habibah Ashari. (2005). A guide to
research in the social sciences. Kuala Lumpur: Pearson Malaysia Sdn Bhd.
4.
Sulaiman Ngah Razali. (1996). Analisis data dalam penyelidikan pendidikan. Kuala
Lumpur: Percetakan Dewan Bahasa dan Budaya
529
2.
3.
4.
To discuss health and safety program in which can be adopted to any work environment.
References:
1.
2.
3.
Ahmad Azan Ridzuan. (2011). Modules and Notes Health and Safety Management DRM
3093. Edition 1/2011. Jabatan Pembangunan Sumber Manusia, FPPP, UPNM.
4.
Asfahl, C.R.; Rieske, D.W. (2010). Industrial Safety and Health Management (6 th
edition). Pearson, New Jersey.
5.
Goetsch, D.L. (2011). Occupational Safety and Health for Technologists, Engineers, and
Managers (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall, USA.
530
6.
Ismail Bahari (2006). Pengurusan Keselamatan dan Kesihatan Pekerjaan (Edisi Kedua).
McGraw Hill, Malaysia.
7.
Sariwati Mohd Shariff (2005). Occupational Safety and Health Management. UPENA
UiTM, Shah Alam.
2.
Describe the media effects that can have in relation to its affect towards the society and
global.
3.
To analyses the roles of media and information management dealing with crisis by
looking at selective case studies.
4.
531
References:
1.
Baran, S.J. (2012). Introduction to mass communication: Media literacy and culture. 7th
ed. New York: McGraw-Hill.
2.
Leonhard, R.R. (1998). The principles of war for the information age. New York: The
Ballantine Publishing Group.
3.
Saodah Wok, Narimah Ismail dan Mohd Yusof Hussain. (2004). Teori-teori komunikasi.
Bentong: PTS Publications & Distributors Sdn Bhd.
4.
Vivian, J. (2002). The media of mass communication. 6th ed. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
2.
3.
4.
532
References:
1.
2.
3.
Plamen Pantev, Valeri Ratchev, Todor Tagarev, Viara Zaprianova.(2005). Civil Military
Relations And Democratic Control Of The Security Sector.. Bulgaria: ProCon Ltd.
4.
Zakaria Ahmad, Harold C. (1985). Military-Civilian Relations In South East Asia. New
York: Oxford University Press.
2.
3.
Identifying political events and process that can threaten order stability.
4.
533
References:
1.
2.
Howell, L. D. (2002). Handbook of Country and Political Risk Analysis, New York: The
PRS Group.
Chris Abbott, Paul Rogers, John Sloboda.(2006). Global Responses to Global Threat.
Sustainable Security for the First Century. UK: Oxford Research Group.
2.
3.
Frank Barnaby and James Kemp. (2007). Secure Energy? Civil Nuclear Power, UK:
Security and Global Warming.
4.
Hough, Peter. (2008). Understanding Global Security.2nd ed. London and New York:
Oxford Research Group. Routledge Taylor & Francis Group.
5.
OECD (2007). OECD DAC Handbook on Security System Reform. Supporting Security
and Justice. France, Paris.
6.
Rogers Paul. (2009). Britains National Security Strategy One Year On. UK: Oxford
Research Group.
534
7.
Define the conceptual foundation of defense economics and its relevant policy and
strategy.
2.
Explain defense expenditure and its relation to economic performance of the nation
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
535
References:
1.
Military Balance (2010). The International Institute for Strategic Studies, UK: Routledge.
2.
3.
4.
Define the conceptual foundation of defense economics and its relevant policy and
strategy.
2.
Explain defense expenditure and its relation to economic performance of the nation
3.
4.
5.
536
6.
References:
1.
Alic, J. A. (2007). Trillions for Military Technology: How the Pentagon Innovates and
Why It Costs So Much, Palgrave Macmillan.
2.
Be familiar with the concepts of RMA, NCW, Joint Warfare, and Military Operations
Other Than War (MOOTW).
3.
Be familiar with the emergence of new threats and challenges they pose.
References:
1.
Balker, R.J. (2007). Transforming Military Force, London: Praeger Secuirty Int.
2.
3.
Moskos, C.C. (2000). The Post Modern Military, London: Oxford University Press.
4.
Sarkesian, S, C. Connor, R.E (2006), The US Military Profession into the 21st century,
London: Routledge.
537
5.
Mandeles, M.D. (2005). The Future of War, Virginia, USA: Potomac Books
Define and differentiate the strategic theories, principles, and rules commonly applied in
warfare.
2.
Discuss and explain the uses and importance of these strategic theories, principles, and
rules in management.
3.
Apply and adapt appropriate strategic theories, principles, and rules commonly applied
in warfare to modern management practices
References:
1.
Michaelson, G. A. & Michaelson, S (2010). Sun Tzu: The Art of War for Managers; 50
Strategic Rules. Avon MA: Adams Media.
2.
Sun Tzu, Clausewitz, C. V. & Machiavelli, N. (2008). The Complete Art of War. USA:
Wilder Publications.
3.
Murray, W. & Krox M. G. (1994). The Making of Strategy: Rulers, Status and War. USA:
Cambridge University Press.
538
PUSAT BAHASA
539
Bismillahirrahmanirrahim
Assalamualaikum w.r.t. w.b.t dan Salam Sejahtera.
Alhamdullilah, selepas empat tahun penubuhan Pusat Bahasa (PB), yang dahulu
dikenali sebagai Pusat Pengajian Umum dan Bahasa (PPUB), banyak peningkatan yang dapat
dilihat dari aspek kualiti kursus yang ditawarkan, pembangunan sumber manusia dan perolehan
aset PB. Apa yang lebih membanggakan, PB bakal menawarkan satu program akademik
baharu, Ijazah Sarjana Muda Sains Sosial (Bahasa dan Komunikasi Silang Budaya) dalam
masa terdekat. Kelulusan daripada pihak berwajib telah pun diperolehi.
Kepada pelajar-pelajar UPNM, kursus-kursus yang ditawarkan PB akan membantu
pembinaan sahsiah diri sebagai bakal pegawai tentera dan bakal peneraju sektor awam dan
swasta. Teruskan usaha untuk mencapai kegemilangan.
Selamat berjuang dan maju jaya.
Sekian.
Profesor Madya Dr Jowati binti Juhary
Pengarah
Pusat Bahasa
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia
540
PUSAT BAHASA
VISI
PB menyokong visi Universiti untuk menjadi universiti ulung di dalam pendidikan, latihan dan
penjanaan ilmu dengan memberi pendedahan dan perkongsian ilmu yang secukupnya kepada
pelajar.
MISI
Membimbing bakal pemimpin di dalam mencapai tahap professionalisma yang diperlukan di
dalam kerjaya dan memastikan pelajar mempunyai kebolehan berkomunikasi, kreativiti,
kebolehan membuat keputusan dan pemikiran kritis.
OBJEKTIF
Menawarkan kursus-kursus bahasa kepada semua pelajar UPNM.
Menawarkan kursus-kursus yang membantu peningkatan sahsiah diri pelajar.
MOTO
Mengejar Kecemerlangan Dalam Kehidupan
541
LATAR BELAKANG
PUSAT BAHASA
Pusat Pengajian Umum dan Bahasa (PPUB) adalah pusat akademik termuda di
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia. Universiti Pertahanan juga merupakan universiti
awam termuda di Malaysia. Penubuhan PPUB dimulai dengan lantikan Pengarah Pusat pada
tanggal 1 Mei 2008 dan seterusnya diikuti dengan pertukaran kakitangan yang mengajar kursus
bahasa dari Pusat Asasi Pertahanan dan kursus umum dari Fakulti Pengajian dan Pengurusan
Pertahanan pada 1 Julai 2008. Kakitangan pengurusan dan sokongan pula mula melapur diri ke
PPUB pada 10 Julai 2008.
PPUB mendapat kelulusan Kementerian Pengajian Tinggi Malaysia untuk beroperasi
secara rasmi pada bulan November 2008. Ini membolehkan PPUB maju selangkah ke hadapan
dengan adanya peruntukan bajet dari Jabatan Bendahari UPNM. Dengan peruntukan yang
diberikan, PPUB telah memohon untuk sebuah pejabat pentadbiran yang kini terletak di Aras 2,
Bangunan Bestari.
Kini PPUB dikenali sebagai Pusat Bahasa (PB) mulai 1 Jun 2012.
FAKULTI........................................
542
UNIT BAHASA
INGGERIS
UNIT BAHASA
ASING
543
Yuhaniz Yahaya
PEMBANTU TADBIR PT(P/O)
Hafizah Zulkifli
PEMBANTU TADBIR PT(P/O)
544
545
546
547
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
PUSAT BAHASA
Jadual 1: Teras Universiti
KOD KURSUS
KURSUS
KREDIT
LEL 1012
LEL 1022
LFL 1312
LFL 1322
LFL 1332
LFL 1342
LFL 1352
LFL 1362
LFL 1412
LFL 1422
LFL 1432
LFL 1442
LFL 1452
LFL 1462
JUMLAH
16
Kursus Bahasa Asing I hanya diambil oleh pelajar Fakulti Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan
(FSTP) dan Fakulti Pengajian dan Pengurusan Pertahanan (FPPP).
Kursus Bahasa Asing II* adalah berbentuk pilihan dan tidak wajib bagi tujuan pengijazahan.
548
SINOPSIS KURSUS
PUSAT BAHASA
BAHASA INGGERIS UNTUK PENULISAN AKADEMIK LEL1012
ENGLISH FOR ACADEMIC WRITING LEL1012
2 Jam Kredit
2 Credit Hours
Pra-Syarat
: Tiada
Pre-requisite : None
Sinopsis Kursus
Course Synopsis
Kursus ini bertujuan untuk menambah baik kemahiran menulis pelajar, terutama untuk
kegunaan profesional. Kursus menitik beratkan penulisan kertas cadangan, memorandum, minit
mesyuarat dan surat iringan, kerjasama di dalam mesyuarat serta kemahiran untuk membaca
dan memahami pelbagai tema bahan bacaan secara kumpulan atau individu.
The course aims at improving the writing skill of students, especially for professional
undertaking. The course requires students to write technical report and memos, to participate in
meetings, and to read and listen to various theme-based articles in groups as well as
individually.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Outcomes
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of the course students are able to:
1.
Mengenal pasti kertas cadangan, memorandum, minit mesyuarat dan surat iringan
dengan format yang betul
Identify accurate formats for technical reports and memorandums
2.
Menunjukkan kebolehan menulis agenda dan minit mesyuarat dengan betul dan
menyertai mock meeting sebagai ahli mesyuarat
Demonstrate the ability to write appropriate agendas and minutes of meeting and
participate willingly in mock meetings
3.
4.
549
Rujukan
References
1.
Mohd Amzari Mat Rani, Aveleena Afzan Hassan and Asniah Alias. (2009). English for
Academic Writing. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
3.
Kahn, J. E., et al. (1993). How to Write and Speak Better. London: The Readers Digest
Association Limited.
4.
Fitzpatrick, Mary. (2005). Engaging Writing: Paragraphs and Essays. New York:
Pearson Education.
5.
Barnard, R. and Zemach, Dorothy E. (2004). Writing for the Real World: An Introduction
to General Writing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
550
2.
Mengenal pasti dan memilih dengan betul speech sound dalam Bahasa Inggeris
Identify and choose the correct speech sound in English
3.
4.
5.
Rujukan
References
1.
Erda Wati Bakar, Belinda Marie Balraj and Masdini Harina Ab Manan. (2009). English for
Oral Communication. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Lucas, S.E. (2007). The Art of Public Speaking. Bostan: McGraw Hill.
3.
4.
Young, S.K. and Travis, H.P. (2007). Oral Communication: Skills, Choices and
Consequences. Illinois: Waveland Press, Inc.
5.
551
2.
3.
4.
552
Rujukan
References
1.
Kamarul Shukri Mat Teh, Shafirul Hafiz Shaari, Mohd Fauzi Abd Hamid dan Mohd
Firdaus Yahya. (2010). Al Tafsir fil Lughatil Arabiah. Kuala Terengganu: Penerbit
UNISZA.
2.
Siti Salwa Mohd. Nor, Nur Asyikin Othman, Kamarul Shukri Mat Teh, Mohd Alauddin
Othman dan Khairunnisa Mat Saad. (2011). Al Muin fi Taallum Arabiyah. Kuala
Terengganu: Penerbit UNISZA.
3.
Najjah Salwa Abd Razak. (2009). Bahasa Arab. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit UPNM.
4.
Ab. Halim Mohamad et al. (2007). Bahasa Arab Permulaan. Serdang: Penerbit UPM.
5.
Ishak Mohd Rejab. (1992). Kursus Bahasa Arab Buku (1). Kuala Lumpur: Yayasan
Dakwah Islamiyah.
553
2.
3.
Memerihalkan tentang diri dan menyatakan salam hormat kepada orang lain
Communicate about self and acknowledge others by greeting them in Mandarin
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Kang Yuhua and Lai Siping. (2005). Conversational Chinese 301. Beijing: Beijing
Language and Culture University Press.
2.
3.
4.
North
554
Memerihal tentang diri dan menyatakan salam hormat kepada orang lain dalam bahasa
yang dipelajari
State about self and acknowledge others by greeting them in the target language
2.
Menghuraikan dengan tepat kata nama benda, nombor dan tatabahasa bahasa yang
dipelajari
Describe accurately the nouns, numbers and grammar in the target language
555
3.
Mengenal pasti soalan-soalan mudah di dalam perbualan harian dan menerangkan arah
dengan tepat
Identify simple questions in daily conversations and explain directions accurately
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Muhammad Alif Redzuan et al. (2005). Renshucho Bahasa Jepun. Serdang, Selangor:
Penerbit Universiti Putra Malaysia.
3.
Muhammad Alif Redzuan et al. (2005). Perbualan Asas Bahasa Jepun. Serdang,
Selangor: Universiti Putera Malaysia.
4.
5.
556
This is a starting course to introduce students to the elementary and basic knowledge of
Russian language. This course includes the Russian alphabet, basic phonetics programme, and
elementary Russian grammar, basic of morphology, reading, various exercises, useful
vocabulary and simple Russian expressions. The objectives of this course are to enable the
students to understand the structure of Russian language, pronounce the Russian words, use
the basic grammar in writing, reading and speaking and use the Russian expressions for daily
conversations.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Outcomes
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of the course students are able to:
1.
Memerihal tentang diri dan menyatakan salam hormat kepada orang lain dalam bahasa
yang dipelajari
State about self and acknowledge others by greeting them in the target language
2.
Menghuraikan dengan tepat kata nama benda, nombor dan tatabahasa bahasa yang
dipelajari
Describe accurately the nouns, numbers and grammar in the target language
3.
Mengenal pasti soalan-soalan mudah di dalam perbualan harian dan menerangkan arah
dengan tepat
Identify simple questions in daily conversations and explain directions accurately
Rujukan
References
1.
Christy Chiew Geoik Hong. (2010). Elementary Russian Course. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit
Universit Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Christy Chiew Geoik Hong. (2012). Russian Course Book 1. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
3.
. . , . . . (2003). , 12-
, . , .
4.
. . . (2002). , 2- , .
.
5.
. . , . . . (2002). .
, .
557
Memerihal tentang diri dan menyatakan salam hormat kepada orang lain dalam bahasa
yang dipelajari
State about self and acknowledge others by greeting them in the target language
2.
Menghuraikan dengan tepat kata nama benda, nombor dan tatabahasa bahasa yang
dipelajari
Describe accurately the nouns, numbers and grammar in the target language
3.
Mengenal pasti soalan-soalan mudah di dalam perbualan harian dan menerangkan arah
dengan tepat
Identify simple questions in daily conversations and explain directions accurately
558
Rujukan
References
1.
Wan Mohtar, Wan Ikhlas. (2009). Mthode de Franais. Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan
Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Farah Farhana Awang. (2012). Mthode de Franais II. Penerbit Universiti Pertahanan
Nasional Malaysia.
3.
Leete, E. B. (1997). Learn French the Fast and Fun Way (French Edition). New York :
Barrons Educational Series
4.
Sylvie Poisson-Quinton,
International/VUEF.
5.
Baylon, B., Claude Mestreit, A.C. and Manuel Tost, J.M. (2000). Forum : Mthode de
Franais 1. Hachette Livre, 43 quai de Grenelle, 75 905 Paris Cedex.
6.
Kaneman-Pougatch, M., di Giura, M.B., Trevisi,S. and Jennepin, D. (1997). Caf Crme
1 : Mthode de Franais. Hachette Livre, Quai de Grenelle, 75905 Paris Cedex 15.
M.S.
(2002).
Initial
1:
Methode
de
Franais.
Cle
559
Memerihal tentang diri dan menyatakan salam hormat kepada orang lain dalam bahasa
yang dipelajari
State about self and acknowledge others by greeting them in the target language
2.
Menunjukkan kebolehan mencipta soalan dan ayat asas dalam Bahasa Sepanyol
Demonstrate the ability to formulate basic Spanish questions and sentences
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Dawson, L. M., Potowski, K. and Sobral, S. (2008). Dicho y hecho. 8th Edition. New York:
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2.
Jarvis, A. C., Lebredo .R and Mena-Aylln, F. (2008). Hola Amigos!. Houghton Mifflin:
New York.
3.
560
2.
561
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Kamarul Shukri Mat Teh, Shafirul Hafiz Shaari, Mohd Fauzi Abd Hamid dan Mohd
Firdaus Yahya. (2010). Al Tafsir fil Lughatil Arabiah. Kuala Terengganu: Penerbit
UNISZA.
2.
Siti Salwa Mohd. Nor, Nur Asyikin Othman, Kamarul Shukri Mat Teh, Mohd Alauddin
Othman dan Khairunnisa Mat Saad. (2011). Al Muin fi Taallum Arabiyah. Kuala
Terengganu: Penerbit UNISZA.
3.
Najjah Salwa Abd Razak. (2009). Bahasa Arab. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit UPNM.
4.
Ab. Halim Mohamad et al. (2007). Bahasa Arab Permulaan. Serdang: Penerbit UPM.
5.
Ishak Mohd Rejab. (1992). Kursus Bahasa Arab Buku (1). Kuala Lumpur: Yayasan
Dakwah Islamiyah.
562
The course introduces students to the letters of the language. Aspects of vocabulary and
grammar of the language will also be emphasised. Students will have ample practices in using
the language in various contexts. Activities and tasks will be completed individually and in
group.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Course Outcomes
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
At the end of the course students are able to:
1.
2.
3.
Rujukan
References
1.
Kang Yuhua and Lai Siping. (2005). Conversational Chinese 301. Beijing: Beijing
Language and Culture University Press.
2.
3.
4.
North
563
2.
3.
564
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
2.
Muhd Alif Redzuan et al. (2005). Perbualan Asas Bahasa Jepun. Serdang, Selangor:
Penerbit Universiti Putra Malaysia.
3.
4.
565
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Christy Chiew Geoik Hong. (2010). Elementary Russian Course. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Christy Chiew Geoik Hong. (2012). Russian Course Book 1. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit
Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
3.
. . , . . . (2003). , 12-
, . , .
4.
. . . (2002). , 2- , .
.
5.
. . , . . . (2002). .
, .
566
2.
567
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Wan Mohtar, Wan Ikhlas. (2009). Methode de Franais. Kuala Lumpur: Penerbit
Universiti, Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
2.
Farah Farhana Awang. (2012). Methode de Franais II. Kuala Lumpur : Penerbit
Universiti, Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia.
3.
et Yves Coiseau, R.M. (2004). Niveau I Connections. Les Editions Didier, Paris.
4.
Miquel, C. (2002). Vocabulaire Progressif du Franais avec 250 exercices. Paris: CLE
International.
568
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan
References
1.
Potowski, K., Sobral, S. and Dawson L. (2012). Dicho y Hecho. River Street, NJ: John
Wiley & Sons Inc.
2.
Jose M.Diaz and Maria F.Nadel. (2006). Spanish for Educators. New York: McGraw-Hill
Companies Inc.
3.
4.
Butt, J. (2000). A New Reference Grammar for Modern Spanish. New York: McGraw
Hill.
5.
Keenan, J.J. (1994). Breaking out of Beginners Spanish. Texas: University of Texas
Press.
569
570
KO-KURIKULUM BERKREDIT
UNIVERSITI
571
VISI
Menjadi bahagian yang unggul dalam menerajui perkhidmatan dan pembangunan pelajar untuk
melahirkan leaders of character secara holistik
MISI
Melahirkan graduan yang berdaya saing dan berintegriti dalam bidang pertahanan yang dapat
menyumbang kepada pembangunan dan kemajuan negara
OBJEKTIF
Memberi perkhidmatan terbaik dalam memastikan kesejahteraan pelajar terjamin
Menyediakan platform bagi pembangunan sahsiah diri untuk melahirkan pelajar yang
berkualiti
Meneruskan kesinambungan perhubungan ukhuwah antara alumni dan pihak universiti
Memastikan persekitaran kampus yang kondusif kepada pelajar
Menanamkan sifat satu (1) UPNM
MOTO
Bersama Menjana Keunggulan
572
PENDAHULUAN
Komponen Sukan
ii.
iii.
iv.
Komponen Kebudayaan
v.
Komponen Kesukarelawanan
vi.
Komponen Keusahawanan
vii.
viii.
ix.
Komponen Kepemimpinan
573
LATAR BELAKANG
Semua pelajar Universiti Pertahanan Nasional Malaysia diwajibkan mengambil enam (6)
jam kredit bagi mata pelajaran Kursus Ko-kurikulum Berkredit.
Pelajar awam yang sihat tubuh badan dan menepati syarat-syarat sebagai Kadet
Pegawai Latihan Pasukan Simpanan (PALAPES) adalah DIWAJIBKAN mengambil enam (6)
jam kredit pasukan beruniform PALAPES.
Bagi pelajar awam yang TIDAK LAYAK menyertai pasukan beruniform PALAPES
hendaklah mengambil kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit universiti yang telah ditawarkan sebanyak
tiga (3) kursus bagi memenuhi kelayakan bergraduat sebanyak 6 (enam) jam kredit. Pelajar
boleh memilih mana-mana subjek ko-kurikulum berkredit yang ditawarkan daripada komponen
Sukan, Sains Kejurulatihan, Pengucapan Awam, Kebudayaan, Kesukarelawanan,
Keusahawanan, Daya Usaha Dan Inovasi dan Khidmat Komuniti.
Kursus PALAPES akan berjalan sepanjang semester (bermula pada semester 1
sehingga semester 6) iaitu pada setiap hari Sabtu dan Ahad berserta dengan kem tahunan
yang akan dijalankan oleh PALAPES. Manakala bagi kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit akan
dikendalikan pada setiap hari Jumaat sepanjang semester dari jam 3.00 hingga 6.00 petang.
Bagi kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit di bawah Komponen Sains Kejurulatihan akan dikendalikan
pada setiap hari Selasa dan Rabu bermula dari jam 5.00 hingga 7.00 petang.
DASAR KO-KURIKULUM
Pihak universiti telah menetapkan kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit sebagai sebahagian daripada
komponen wajib bagi program pengajian di peringkat Sarjana Muda. Adalah menjadi harapan
agar kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit ini dapat memupuk, mengasah dan meningkatkan bakat
pelajar UPNM supaya dapat melahirkan graduan yang seimbang, mampu menangani cabaran
di dunia pekerjaan dan maju diperingkat antarabangsa.
MATLAMAT KO-KURIKULUM
574
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PENDAFTARAN KURSUS
1.
Kursus Ko-kurikulum Berkredit adalah salah satu daripada kursus wajib di Universiti.
2.
3.
Oleh kerana kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit ini merupakan kursus berkredit, maka
ianya tertakluk kepada peraturan akademik program Ijazah Sarjana Muda
UPNM. Pelajar dinasihatkan supaya sentiasa merujuk kepada buku panduan
akademik UPNM.
575
PELAKSANAAN KURSUS
1.
Kursus amali ko-kurikulum berkredit akan dijalankan pada setiap hari Jumaat mulai jam
3.00 hingga 6.00 petang di sepanjang semester. Manakala bagi subjek di bawah
Komponen Sains Kejurulatihan, kelas akan dilaksanakan pada hari Selasa dan Rabu
bermula jam 5.00 hingga 7.00 petang.
2.
Kapasiti pelajar bagi satu kumpulan kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit adalah antara 15
(minimum) sehingga 30 (maksimum) orang pelajar. Ini adalah untuk memastikan
penyampaian dan pengajaran dapat dilaksanakan dengan berkesan di antara pelajar
dan jurulatih/fasilitator serta objektif kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit dapat dicapai.
3.
1.
Setiap kursus dinilai berdasarkan empat kriteria iaitu buku log, kehadiran dan
penglibatan, amali dan kemahiran insaniah.
2.
3.
Kehadiran dan penglibatan pelajar semasa menjalankan teori dan amali adalah amat
dititikberatkan. Pelajar-pelajar yang telah mendaftar subjek kursus ko-kurikulum
berkredit wajib menghadiri kelas yang telah ditetapkan.
4.
5.
6.
576
PENGGREDAN
1.
Nilai gred akan diberikan kepada pelajar-pelajar kursus ko-kurikulum berkredit mengikut
skema pemarkahan yang telah ditetapkan oleh universiti.
2.
3.
Pelajar yang gagal dalam kursus ini, hendaklah mengambil semula kursus dengan cara
mengulangi kursus tersebut sehingga lulus. Bagi tujuan pengiraan, gred yang terbaik
akan dikira bagi tujuan pengiraan PNGK. Walaubagaimanapun rekod kursus yang
diulangi akan dicatat di dalam transkrip pelajar.
PEMANTAUAN
Pemantauan kursus akan dilaksanakan dalam dua bentuk iaitu pemantauan pentadbiran dan
proses pembelajaran oleh Bahagian Hal Ehwal Pelajar dan Alumni.
SUBJEK
KOD SUBJEK
KOMPONEN SUKAN
1.
Tenis
QKS 1002
2.
Hoki
QKS 1102
3.
Futsal
QKS 1202
4.
Silat Seni
QKS 1302
5.
Ragbi
QKS 1402
6.
Bola Sepak
QKS 1502
QSK 1012
2.
Pengurusan Sukan
QSK 1022
3.
Suaian Fizikal
QSK 2012
577
4.
Psikologi Sukan
QSK 2022
5.
QSK 3012
6.
QSK 3022
Pengucapan Awam
QKP 1002
8.
Pengacaraan Majlis
QKP 1102
9.
Asas Kewartawanan
QKP 1202
KOMPONEN KEBUDAYAAN
10.
QKB 1002
11.
Seni Tari
QKB 1402
12.
Teater
QKB 1502
KOMPONEN KESUKARELAWANAN
13.
Asas Kesukarelawanan
QKL 1002
14.
PALAPES
PLS 1003
KOMPONEN KEUSAHAWANAN
15.
Latihan Keusahawanan
QKE 1102
Asas Fotografi
QKI 1002
Baktisiswa
QKK 1002
KOMPONEN KEPEMIMPINAN
18.
578
KOMPONEN SUKAN
BOLA SEPAK
Sinopsis Kursus
SILAT SENI
Sinopsis Kursus
TENIS
Sinopsis Kursus
HOKI
Sinopsis Kursus
FUTSAL
Sinopsis Kursus
RAGBI
Sinopsis Kursus
579
ii.
580
iii.
PENGUCAPAN AWAM
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini akan mendedahkan kepada pelajar
cara-cara untuk
berkomunikasi dengan baik terutama dikhalayak ramai dan menangani
kegugupan serta membangunkan kemahiran komunikasi pelajar-pelajar.
PENGACARAAN MAJLIS
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini akan mendedahkan pelajar mengenai tugas sebenar
pengacara majlis dalam memastikan kelancaran sesebuah majlis.
Pelajar-pelajar akan didedahkan dengan teknik penulisan skrip,
pengenalan dan latihan sebutan,senarai panggilan hormat dan pantang
larang sertai menangani gugup di hadapan audiens.
ASAS KEWARTAWANAN
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini akan mendedahkan kepada pelajar-pelajar mengenai siapa itu
wartawan, jenis-jenis penulisan dalam kewartawanan, teknik-teknik
temubual dan cabaran seorang wartawan.
581
iv.
KOMPONEN KEBUDAYAAN
SENI TARI
Sinopsis Kursus
TEATER
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini akan mendedahkan kepada pelajar-pelajar mengenai prinsipprinsip asas tarian tradisional Malaysia seperti zapin, joget, inang dan
cara pemakaian busana yang sesuai mengikut jenis tarian.
MUZIK GAMELAN
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini akan mendedahkan kepada pelajar cara-cara memainkan
dan menggunakan peralatan gamelan dengan betul serta mempelajari
notasi lagu-lagu gamelan yang sering dimainkan dalam majlis-majlis
rasmi.
v.
KOMPONEN KESUKARELAWANAN
ASAS KESUKARELAWANAN
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini merangkumi konsep kerja sukarela, faedah-faedah
sukarela,bentuk dan cara kerja sukarela, prinsip-prinsip bersukarela,
tanggungjawab sukarelawan, syarat-syarat menjadi sukarelawan dan
cabaran menjadi seorang sukarelawan.
PALAPES
Sinopsis Kursus
582
vi.
KOMPONEN KEUSAHAWANAN
LATIHAN KEUSAHAWANAN
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini akan mendedahkan pelajar-pelajar mengenai ciri-ciri seorang
usahawan,jenis-jenis perniagaan,agensi-agensi yang terlibat dalam
pembiayaan perniagaan dan penyediaan kertas kerja perniagaan.
vii.
ASAS FOTOGRAFI
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini akan mendedahkan pelajar-pelajar mengenai sejarah
ringkas fotografi, teknik pengendalian kawalan asas kamera, teknikteknik pencahayaan, teknik merakam gambar mengikut kesesuaian
majlis dan teknik mengedit gambar.
viii.
BAKTI SISWA
Sinopsis Kursus
583
584
AKADEMI LATIHAN
KETENTERAAN
585
586
587
PS 3 Tadbir
Kapt Muzaiham bin Mohamad (3011107)
B. Comp. Sc (UKM)
Ketua Bantuan Latih
Mejar Sobri bin Hashim (3005793)
Dip. Psikologi Kaunseling (UKM)
Pen Ketua Bantuan Latih
Mej Nor Hasilah binti Sulaiman (3006316)
BATALION TUAH
Ketua Batalion
Mej Muhammad bin Sulaiman KAT ASK (3005193)
Dip. Eng (UTM)
Dip. Def & Strat (UM)
Ketua Trup
Kapt Sharifah Annie Addillah bt Syed Mohamad Hazam (3007240)
Kapt Mohd Hafeez bin Shamsulkamar (3010745)
Dip. Admin (OUM)
Kapt Muhammad Zulkhibri bin Nawi (3010615)
Dip. Teknologi Awam Binaan (UTM)
BATALION JEBAT
Ketua Batalion
Mej Ismahizan bin Ishak (3006273)
Dip. Def & Strat (UM)
Ketua Trup
Kapt Syahril Amri bin Mohd Bakri (3009895)
B. Comp. Sc (UTM)
Kapt Muhamad Khairun Naim bin Anas TUDM (374653)
B.IT (Mngmt) (UiTM)
Dip. IT (UiTM)
Kapt Nor Asmawati binti Hashim TUDM (373388)
588
BATALION KASTURI
Ketua Batalion
Lt Kdr Zul Helmi bin Baharom TLDM (N/403872)
B. Comp. Sc (UTM)
Ketua Trup
Kapt Danesh Kumar a/l Krishna TUDM (373442)
B. Comp. Sc (UTM)
Kapt Mohd Syakir bin Yahaya (3009809)
B. (HRM) (UTM)
Kapt Mohd Faimy Fadly bin Md Yusub (3010167)
Dip. Mekanikal (UPM)
BATALION LEKIR
Ketua Batalion
Mej Mohamad bin Mohamad Noor (3007044)
B. (Tech Mngmt) (UTM), M. (IT) (UKM)
Ketua Trup
Kapt Mohd Noor bin Hassaan TUDM (373360)
Kapt Saidi bin Mokhtar (3010118)
Dip. Admn (OUM)
Lt Norhisham bin Rahmad TLDM (N/403716)
Dip. Maritime Tech (UTM)
BATALION LEKIU
Ketua Batalion
Mej Kamarulzaman bin Idris (3005879)
Dip. Admn (Law) (UM), Dip. (Def & Strat) (UM)
Ketua Trup
Kapt Mohd Rasidi bin Sanapi (3008820)
Dip. Admn (OUM)
Kapt Roswandy bin Abdul Wahid TUDM (373681)
589
BATALION PALAPES
Ketua Batalion
Mej Johan Effendi bin Hj Mohd Shalleh (3006277)
Dip Psikologi (Kanseling) (UKM)
Dip Def & Strat (UM)
Ketua Trup
Kapt Azwin bin Azmin @ Azmi (3007862)
B. Sc. Comp. (SE) (UTM)
Kapt Mohd Rashidi bin Jamal (3008845)
Dip. Admn (OUM)
Kapt Mohd Hairul Radzi bin Abd Razak (3009013)
Dip. Admn (OUM)
590
Pegawai Agama
Mej (Ust) Daud bin Mohamad Salleh (3006657)
Dip. Psikologi Kaunseling (UKM), B.A (Kepujian Islam & Tamadun Arab) (Universiti Al-AzharMesir)
Pegawai Pengangkutan
Kapt Norshafiza binti Zakaria (3007887)
B. Comp. Sc. (UTM)
CAWANGAN LOJISTIK
Ketua Cawangan
Mej Nik Azhar bin Nik Suki TUDM (373180)
B. (Acc) (UTM)
PS 3 Logistik
Kapt Suzi Zuliana binti Salikan TUDM (374350)
B.BA (UUM)
PS 2 Kewangan
Lt Kdr Muhammad Izwan bin Hassan TLDM (N/403467)
B. (Tech Mngmt) (UTM)
Kuatermaster
Kapt (KM) Mohd Faizal bin Mohd Razali (3011509)
CAWANGAN SEMBOYAN
Ketua Cawangan Semboyan
Kapt Ahmad Razali bin Mohamed Khalid (3007743)
PENGURUS WISMA
Pengurus
Mej Muhmad Zafferi bin Shari (3007023)
B. (Tech Mngmt) (UTM), M. (Tech Mngmt) (UTM)
591
STRUKTUR KURIKULUM
AKADEMI LATIHAN KETENTERAAN
Semua pelajar Program Ijazah Sarjana Muda wajib melengkapkan enam (6) kredit Kursus
Elektif Universiti. Pegawai Kadet diwajibkan mengikuti lima (5) kredit latihan ketenteraan
(ALKXXX1) dan satu (1) kredit kursus Tempur Tanpa Senjata untuk tujuan pengijazahan.
Berikut merupakan senarai kursus Teras Universiti yang ditawarkan:
KOD KURSUS
KURSUS
KREDIT
ALK 1021
ALK 2011
ALK 2021
ALK 3011
QKS 3621
JUMLAH
592
: Tiada
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini bertujuan untuk menerangkan kepentingan pentadbiran anggota tentera seperti
Insuran Kelompok, Rancangan Kursus Peralihan ATM, serta Kumpulan Wang Kebajikan ATM
dengan baik dan releven, menjelaskan proses melaporkan pertuduhan, penangkapan dan
pemulihan terhadap pertuduhan serta perintah yang sah bagi seorang Pegawai Atasan dan
Komander Rendah dengan berdasarkan rujukan yang tepat, memasang dan mengendalikan
senjata dengan kemas, betul dalam masa yang pantas dan mampu melaksanakan tindakan
apabila mengalami kerosakan senjata serta mampu menulis semula Perintah Amaran dan
Jenis Laporan Operasi serta Persuratan Tentera dengan susunan yang betul dan tepat.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
2.
Menulis semula Perintah Amaran dan Jenis Laporan Operasi serta Persuratan Tentera
dengan susunan yang betul dan tepat.
3.
4.
Memasang dan mengendalikan senjata dengan kemas, betul serta dalam masa yang
pantas dan mampu melaksanakan tindakan apabila mengalami kerosakan senjata.
Rujukan:
1.
2.
3.
593
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini menumpukan kepada perlaksanaan asas kawad menggunakan senjata styer, hormat
senjata, tatang senjata, jajar senjata, julang senjata, sedia semasa kawad menggunakan
senjata dan turun senjata semasa kawad menggunakan senjata, tahu berkenaan prinsip-prinsip
peperangan, jenis peperangan, jenis-jenis operasi, kuasa dan pertahanan udara, Perisikan dan
Gerak Saraf, kepimpinan serta pengurusan anggota dalam ATM dan Psikologi ketenteraan.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
Mempamerkan kawad dengan menggunakan senjata styer dengan betul dan kemas.
2.
3.
4.
Rujukan:
1.
2.
594
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini menumpukan kepada penulisan agenda, minit mesyuarat dan memo seperti yang
dilakukan oleh setiausaha sesuatu organisasi, mengetahui betapa pentingnya tugas seorang
pemegang akaun yang dapat mentadbir akaun dengan baik dan cara-cara mengaudit akaun
perkhidmatan dengan betul dan mampu untuk mengenal pasti dan menerangkan tugas dan
tanggungjawab bagi seseorang pemegang akaun dan dapat menerangkan sistem pengauditan
sesebuah akaun perkhidmatan.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
Mengarang tugas staf dengan membuat agenda, minit mesyuarat dan memo seperti
yang dilakukan oleh setiausaha sesuatu organisasi.
2.
Mengenal pasti dan menerangkan tugas dan tanggungjawab bagi seseorang pemegang
akaun dan dapat menerangkan sistem pengauditan sesebuah akaun perkhidmatan.
3.
Mengenal pasti dan melaksanakan ciri-ciri seorang pengajar yang baik dan mengetahui
teknik mengajar yang betul.
595
Rujukan:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini menjurus kepada aplikasi dan pelaksanaan subjek kawad pedang, kepentingan
pertahanan nuklear biologi kimia dan perang tak beristihar.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
Mengenal pasti dan mereka bentuk formasi yang betul dan menarik semasa perbarisan
kawad pedang.
2.
3.
Menerangkan tentang perang tak berisytihar yang berlaku di Malaysia serta negara jiran.
Rujukan:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
596
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini menjurus kepada aplikasi dan pelaksanaan subjek berkenaan Lembaga Penyiasatan,
Pelupusan, Semak Stok dan Penaksiran dijalankan,mengetahui dan mengenal pasti serta
melaksanakan perbicaraan Pegawai Memerintah, Pegawai Pemerintah Rendah dan Mahkamah
Tentera, melaksanakan audit sesebuah akaun perkhidmatan dengan tatacara yang betul,
mengenalpasti dan mempamerkan formasi dan teknik-teknik berkawad panji-panji dengan baik,
mengetahui dan mengenalpasti prinsip dan kemahiran bimbingan dan teori kaunseling dan
tahap kaunseling, menunjuk dan mempamerkan teknik menyoal dengan betul serta dapat
menerangkan tentang kebangkitan dan kemerosotan komunis di Tanah Melayu.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
Mengetahui dan mengenal pasti Lembaga Penyiasatan, Pelupusan, Semak Stok dan
Penaksiran dijalankan.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Mengetahui dan mengenal pasti prinsip dan kemahiran bimbingan dan teori kaunseling
dan tahap kaunseling.
6.
7.
597
Rujukan:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Manual Pembekalan.
12.
598
: Tiada
Sinopsis Kursus
Kursus ini menjurus kepada pergerakan-pergerakan dan lawang dalam TTS, pergerakan
bertarung, kilas mengilas menggunakan senjata dan tanpa menggunakan senjata serta
pemusnahan menggunakan anggota badan.
Hasil Pembelajaran Kursus
Di akhir kursus ini pelajar dapat:
1.
2.
3.
Rujukan:
1.
599
600
RANCANGAN PENGURUSAN
LATIHAN PEGAWAI KADET
UPNM
601
1.0
AM
Rancangan Pengurusan Latihan (RPL) Pegawai Kadet UPNM disediakan adalah untuk
membantu dan sebagai panduan kepada Akademi Latihan Ketenteraan dalam
merancang dan seterusnya berupaya melaksanakan Latihan Ketenteraan Umum (LKU)
dengan sistematik dan efisien. Ianya dihasilkan setelah diambilkira aspek-aspek
kesesuaian masa yang ada, waktu pengajian akademik dan silibus subjek-subjek
ketenteraan yang bersesuaian dalam usaha melahirkan seorang Pegawai Muda yang
berketrampilan sesuai dengan falsafah penubuhan UPNM.
2.0
KONSEP LATIHAN
Latihan akan dilaksanakan secara menyeluruh di UPNM. Ianya dilaksanakan pada hari
Sabtu semasa sesi pengajian akademik dan di sebelah petang hari Isnin hingga Khamis
diperuntukkan untuk latihan sukan manakala latihan Tempur Tanpa Senjata (TTS)
adalah pada sebelah petang hari Jumaat. Pada masa cuti semester 1 dan 2, latihan
ketenteraan akan dilaksanakan secara sepenuh masa.
3.0
OBJEKTIF LATIHAN
Konsep latihan Pegawai Kadet di UPNM adalah untuk melatih dan melahirkan Pegawaipegawai Muda yang berilmu, berakhlak mulia, mengamalkan budaya ketenteraan, cekap
dan menyumbang ke arah pembangunan ketenteraan dan negara. Justeru, RPL yang
dibangunkan adalah bersesuaian dengan tahap pembelajaran dan pengetahuan yang
ingin dicapai di akhir tahun-tahun pengajian dan latihan seperti berikut:
3.1
ii.
iii.
sebagai
602
iv.
3.2
Tahun Satu
Silibus pelajaran ini bertujuan memberi pendedahan ke atas aspek-aspek
ketenteraan dalam usaha membina perwatakan dan keperibadian sebagai
seorang Pegawai Tentera. Objektif-objektif yang digariskan adalah seperti
berikut:
3.3
i.
ii.
iii.
Tentera
Tahun Dua
Silibus pelajaran yang dibangunkan untuk tahun ini adalah kesinambungan dari
Tahun Satu dan bertujuan memberi pendedahan ke atas aspek-aspek
ketenteraan dalam usaha membina perwatakan dan keperibadian sebagai
seorang Pegawai Tentera. Objektif-objektif yang digariskan adalah seperti
berikut:
3.4
i.
ii.
iii.
Tentera
Tahun Tiga
Tahun ini merupakan tahun akhir bagi Pegawai Kadet yang mengikuti pengajian
akademik Jurusan Sains dan Teknologi Pertahanan dan Jurusan Pengurusan
Pertahanan. Silibus pelajaran yang dibangunkan untuk tahun ini adalah
bertujuan memberi pendedahan ke atas aspek-aspek ketenteraan dalam usaha
memperlengkapkan seseorang Pegawai Kadet yang mampu melaksanakan
603
ii.
iii.
Tentera
604
605
1.0
AM
Pasukan Latihan Pegawai Simpanan (PALAPES) secara rasmi ditubuhkan pada Feb
1980, di antara dasar kerjasama pihak Kementerian Pertahanan dengan Kementerian
Pengajian Tinggi Malaysia. PALAPES dilahirkan dengan iktizam sebagai satu program
nasional yang berperanan untuk melatih bakal-bakal pegawai lepasan IPTA dalam
pertahanan negara.
2.0
ASAS PENUBUHAN
Penubuhan PALAPES di semua IPTA adalah berasaskan kepada :
3.0
i.
ii.
iii.
TUJUAN
PALAPES ditubuhkan bertujuan untuk melatih dan mengeluarkan pegawai-pegawai
simpanan sukarela dalam ATM.
4.0
OBJEKTIF PALAPES
Objektif PALAPES penubuhan seperti berikut :
i.
ii.
Menyediakan sumber tenaga pegawai lepasan IPTA untuk Angkatan Tetap dan
Angkatan Simpanan ATM.
606
iii.
5.0
6.0
OBJEKTIF PENDUKUNG
Bagi memastikan tercapainya objektif latihan PALAPES secara lebih dinamik dan efektif,
beberapa aspek khusus telah dirumuskan untuk dijadikan objektif pendukung. Objektif
ini akan memainkan peranan penting sebagai panduan dan pendorong ke arah
matlamat yang diperlukan. Objektif pendukung ini dibahagikan kepada bidang-bidang
tertentu seperti berikut :
6.1
Pengetahuan Ketenteraan
Memberi pengetahuan asas ketenteraan yang diperlukan oleh setiap pegawai
muda bagi meninggikan dan meningkatkan taraf profesionalisme sebagai
seorang pegawai di dalam TD Malaysia yang menjawat jawatan Ketua Platun
Infantri atau setaraf.
6.2
Kemahiran Ketenteraan
Memberikan kemahiran asas ketenteraan yang akan diutamakan kepada aspek
pengendalian senjata individu dan teknik asas taktik.
6.3
Kepimpinan
Menanam dan memupuk semangat ketenteraan yang tulen dengan
menitikberatkan kepada daya kepimpinan, kewibawaan, bertatatertib tinggi,
tekun dan bersifat taat setia yang tidak berbelah bagi kepada organisasi yang
dianggotai.
6.4
Ketahanan Fizikal
Mempunyai ketahanan fizikal dan mental yang mantap serta memupuk
semangat keyakinan diri, cergas dan segak sejajar sebagai tentera terlatih.
607
7.0
KONSEP LATIHAN
Latihan PALAPES dilaksanakan selama tiga tahun. Tahun pertama adalah Peringkat
Junior, tahun kedua adalah Peringkat Intermediate dan tahun ketiga adalah Peringkat
Senior. Pada dasarnya, jenis latihan yang dijalankan di PALAPES adalah mirip kepada
latihan kadet angkatan tetap ATM sebagaimana yang dilaksanakan di ATMA dan KTD.
Bagi membolehkan setiap pegawai kadet melaksanakan latihan secara progresif,
PALAPES ditetapkan untuk melaksanakan latihan seperti yang dibenarkan berdasarkan
Buku Panduan Askar Wataniah 1988. Jenis-jenis latihan yang dijalankan oleh PALAPES
adalah seperti berikut :
7.1
14 hari setahun.
7.3
i.
Membaca Peta.
ii.
Latihan Menembak.
iii.
Latihan Kawad.
iv.
v.
Latihan Semboyan.
15 hari setahun.
LKT merupakan kemuncak bagi segala latihan yang dijalankan setiap tahun. Di
dalam latihan ini, semua pegawai kadet akan diuji dan dinilai dalam aspek teori
dan praktikal di atas apa jua pelajaran yang telah dipelajari. Penilaian seragam
akan dilaksanakan terhadap semua pegawai kadet di semua PALAPES IPT.
Semua pegawai kadet dikehendaki mengikut latihan berdasarkan latihan
608
8.0
PERINGKAT LATIHAN
Latihan PALAPES akan dilaksanakan dalam jangkamasa tiga tahun berdasarkan
peringkat berikut:
i.
ii.
iii.
9.0
10.0
PENUTUP
Perancangan program latihan akan disesuaikan dengan kalendar tahunan universiti
supaya ia tidak membebankan penuntut. Ini adalah kerana matlamat utama siswa-siswi
ialah pencapaian yang cemerlang dalam pengajian akademik seiring dengan
pengetahuan ketenteraan.
609